100% found this document useful (1 vote)

2K views376 pages

Maintanence (J T057 - En)

Uploaded by

Md.Mominul Islam

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (1 vote)

2K views376 pages

Maintanence (J T057 - En)

Uploaded by

Md.Mominul Islam

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 376

JMS 420 GS-N.

L
Maintenance

Combined heat and power module

TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1

J T057
Engine number: 1134058
Module number: 1134057

2015-04

© GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co OG

Achenseestr. 1-3
A-6200 Jenbach (Austria)
www.gejenbacher.com
Revision history
Index Date Description/Revision summary Creator
Auditor
1 2015-04-28 Delivery ➔ Footer
Riedl

Original operating instructions

GE proprietary information: CONFIDENTIAL!

The information contained in this document is General Electric Company proprietary information and is disclosed in
confidence. It is the property of GE and may not be used, disclosed to others or reproduced without the express
written consent of GE. This includes, but is not limited to, use of the information to create, manufacture, develop or
derive any repairs, modifications, spare parts, designs or configuration changes, or to obtain government or
regulatory approval to do so. If consent is given for reproduction in whole or in part, this notice and the notice set
forth on each page of this document shall appear in any such reproduction in whole or in part.

© GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co OG, 2015-04

Table of contents

User Instructions .......................................................................................................................................................................... 1

Sections of the GE Jenbacher Product Documentation.................................................................................................................. 1.1
Key to Symbols ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.2
Type Plate and Type Designation of GE Jenbacher Products....................................................................................................... 1.3
Web portal ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1.4
Your Opinion Counts! ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.5
Service and Sales partners............................................................................................................................................................................ 1.6
Imprint .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.7

General conditions ....................................................................................................................................................................... 2

Designated Use .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2.1
REACH-Notification and Downstream User Communication for Substances in Articles ................................................ 2.2
Declaration of Conformity ....................................................................................................................................................................................
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck................................................................................. TA 1000-0039
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines................................................................................................ TA 1100-0110
General conditions - Operation and Maintenance .................................................................................................... TA 1100-0111
Cleanliness During Service Work Involving Clean Oil Parts ................................................................................... TA 1100-0113
Safety regulations ..................................................................................................................................................................... TA 2300-0005
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit ...................................................................................................................................... TA 2300-0010

Maintenance plan......................................................................................................................................................................... 3
Maintenance plan - specific intervals ...................................................................................................................................................... 3.1
Maintenance plan - operating hours intervals .................................................................................................................................... 3.2

Inspection and maintenance work............................................................................................................................................ 4

Inspection................................................................................................................................................................................................... I 0103 4
Daily inspection round ......................................................................................................................................................................... I 9003 0
Lubricating oil................................................................................................................................................................................... IW 0102 M4
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs ..................................................................................................................................... IW 0309 M0
In-line air filter engine type 4 ..................................................................................................................................................... IW 8040 A4
NOx measurement......................................................................................................................................................................... IW 8057 M4
Leak testing of all pipes and components carrying fuel gas and mixtures ............................................................ IW 8049 0
Elastically screwed coupling housing .................................................................................................................................... IW 8079 A4
Condensate removal in the fuel-gas system...................................................................................................................... IW 8090 A0
Exhaust gas system condensate drain line......................................................................................................................... IW 8095 A0
Control rod assembly/throttle valve/actuator................................................................................................................... W 0200 M4
Engine cooling water pump......................................................................................................................................................... W 0203 A6
Ignition.................................................................................................................................................................................................. W 0303 M0
Valve clearance/Valve stem projection ................................................................................................................................ W 0400 M4
Crankcase ventilation system.................................................................................................................................................... W 0507 M4
Vibration damper............................................................................................................................................................................. W 0601 M0
Gas quantity controller ................................................................................................................................................................. W 0705 M0
Mixture bypass valve ..................................................................................................................................................................... W 0802 M0
Maintenance after initial commissioning................................................................................................................................. W 1000 4
Overhaul .............................................................................................................................................................................................. W 2100 M0
Exhaust gas turbocharger........................................................................................................................................................... W 8023 M0
GE Jenbacher - switch cabinets ................................................................................................................................................ W 8031 A0
Starter ................................................................................................................................................................................................... W 8032 M0
Elastomer components..................................................................................................................................................................... W 8033 4
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54) .............................................................................................................................................. W 8037 A0
Oil filter cartridge ............................................................................................................................................................................. W 8038 M4
Plate-type heat exchanger .......................................................................................................................................................... W 8043 A0
Gas pressure control system ...................................................................................................................................................... W 8045 A0
Piston/Piston cooling ..................................................................................................................................................................... W 8047 M0
Connecting rods and connecting rod bearings................................................................................................................. W 8048 M0
Cylinder liner ...................................................................................................................................................................................... W 8049 M0

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Responsible: Release date: 28/04/2015
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Table of contents

Main crankshaft bearing.............................................................................................................................................................. W 8050 M0

Exhaust gas manifold/exhaust gas lagging ....................................................................................................................... W 8051 M0
Camshaft/timing gear................................................................................................................................................................... W 8052 M0
Cylinder head replacement ........................................................................................................................................................ W 8053 M4
Pre-lubricating pump..................................................................................................................................................................... W 8054 M0
Combustion chamber.................................................................................................................................................................... W 8056 M4
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water ....................................................................................... W 8080 A0

Maintenance record sheets ........................................................................................................................................................ 5

Maintenance protocol ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 5.1

Registering operational data ..................................................................................................................................................... 6

Operational data booklet............................................................................................................................................................................... 6.1
Operational data – Engine lubricating oil....................................................................................................................................... E 0101
Operational data - Heat exchanger mixture/water.............................................................................................................. E 0103 a
Operational data - crankcase ventilation system................................................................................................................... E 0103 f
Operational data – spark plugs........................................................................................................................................................... E 0309
Operational data - Valve-stem projection ..................................................................................................................................... E 0400
Operational data on leak test for pipes and components carrying fuel gas and mixtures.................................... E 8049
Data collection for flexibly-mounted coupling housing ...................................................................................................... E 8079 4

Initial commissioning data sheet .............................................................................................................................................. 7

Initial commissioning data sheet ............................................................................................................................................................... 7.1
SprungMarke!!!10911622155

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Responsible: Release date: 28/04/2015
Index: 1 Page No.: 2/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1 User Instructions
1.1
Sections of the GE Jenbacher Product Documentation

Description – Operation
▪ Operation of the system
▪ Fault rectification
▪ Description of the engine and the system
▪ Choice of fuels
▪ Technical instructions

Maintenance
▪ What inspection work and maintenance work needs to be
carried out?
▪ When should the work be carried out?
▪ How should the work be carried out?
▪ Gathering operational data

Spare parts list

▪ Selecting the required spare part
▪ Ordering spare parts
▪ Allocating spare parts

SprungMarke!!!14215307

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 18/07/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.2
Key to Symbols

The following symbols are used to highlight certain text passages in your GE Jenbacherproduct
documentation.

Caution
Follow these instructions to avoid risk of personal injury or risk of damaging engine or
system components.

Disassemble
Disassemble the component as described.

Assembling
Assemble the component as described.

Inspection
Inspect the components or operating materials as described.

Tightening torque
Tighten the nut or bolt to the specified tightening torque.

Clean
Clean the component as described.

Lubricate
Lubricate or grease the component as described.

Reference
Reference to a document or a section of the product documentation. Important
information or important note.

Info
Important information or important note.

SprungMarke!!!27021597778485003

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schatz Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 22/08/2013
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.3
Type Plate and Type Designation of GE Jenbacher Products

1 Type plate

1.1 Engine type plate

The engine type plate is located on the crankcase.

Engine type plate

1.2 System type plate

The system type plate is located on the left-hand longitudinal member of the frame (viewed looking towards
the flywheel).

System type plate

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 31/03/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.3
Type Plate and Type Designation of GE Jenbacher Products

Type Type Max. ambient Max. ambient temperature:

temperature
(intake air)
Serial No. Serial No. Rated frequency Rated frequency
Year of Year of manufacture Rated voltage Rated voltage
manufacture
Rated power Rated power Rated current Rated current
Rated power Rated power factor Mass Weight
factor
Maximum site Maximum installation site altitude Performance Performance class
altitude of class
installation

2 Type designation

2.1 Engine type designation

Term Designation code Key to abbreviation Example
Manufacturer J GE Jenbacher J 320 GS C05
Engine type 2 J 320 GS C05
3
4
6
9
No. of cylinders 8 8 cylinder in-line engine J 320 GS C05
12 12 cylinder V-engine
16 16 cylinder V-engine
20 20 cylinder V-engine
24 24 cylinder V-engine
Mode of operation (e.g.) GS Gas engine, turbocharged J 320 GS C05
GSH Gas engine, turbocharged
and hot cooled
Design A First design J 320 GS C05
B, C, D, E ... Modified designs
Version (e.g.) 02 Natural gas; ½ TA-Luft J 320 GS C05
05 Natural gas; TA-Luft
27 Biogas; TA-Luft

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 31/03/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 2 / 4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.3
Type Plate and Type Designation of GE Jenbacher Products

1 6

J 3 20 GS C 05
2

3
Engine type designation
① Manufacturer ④ Mode of operation
② Engine type ⑤ Design
③ No. of cylinders ⑥ Version

2.2 Module type designation

Term Designation code Key to abbreviation Example
Manufacturer J GE Jenbacher JMS 320 GS-N.LC
Unit type (e.g.) M Co-generation plant JMS 320 GS-N.LC
G Generator set
C Compressor set
Installation type S Stationary JMS 320 GS-N.LC
C In a container
Engine type 2 JMS 320 GS-N.LC
3
4
6
9
No. of cylinders 08 8 cylinder in-line engine JMS 320 GS-N.LC
12 12 cylinder V-engine
16 16 cylinder V-engine
20 20 cylinder V-engine
24 24 cylinder V-engine
Mode of operation (e.g.) GS Gas engine, turbocharged JMS 320 GS-N.LC
GSH Gas engine, turbocharged
and hot cooled

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 31/03/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 3/4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.3
Type Plate and Type Designation of GE Jenbacher Products

Term Designation code Key to abbreviation Example

Type of fuel gas N Natural gas JMS 320 GS-N.LC
B Bio gas
L Landfill gas
P Propane gas
S Special gas
N/B Natural gas /Bio gas (2-
gas operation)
Exhaust gas treatment L LEANOX engine JMS 320 GS-N.LC
LC LEANOX engine with
oxidation-type catalytic
converter
C 3-way catalytic converter

1 6

2 7

3 8

J M S 3 20 GS - N /B . LC
4
9
5
Plant type designation
① Installation type ⑥ Mode of operation
② Sort of unit ⑦ Type of fuel gas
③ Manufacturer ⑧ Alternative type of fuel gas
④ Engine type ⑨ To clean exhaust gas
SprungMarke!!!36028797033292555
⑤ No. of cylinders

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 31/03/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 4 / 4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.4
Web portal

The web portal contains the latest online information on our products, drawings, Service Bulletins, SPATSL (the
digital spare parts catalogue), background knowledge concerning gas engine technology etc. You can also
download interesting documents to your PC via the web portal. The web portal’s URL is:
http://information.jenbacher.com
When you first visit the web portal, you will find general information on GE Jenbacher. Since you are a GE
Jenbachercustomer, we are offering you the possibility of increased access rights for which you only need to
register online.

Registration:

Click on "registrieren" (Registration) and fill in the requested personal data. It is very important to also fill in your
regular GE Jenbachercontact person, as he or she is responsible for granting you the increased access rights.
Once you have registered, you will immediately be sent an e-mail containing the web portal link. You will then
be able to enter the required password. At this stage, you do not have increased access rights yet as your GE
Jenbacher contact person needs to confirm your application. This might take a few days.
Subsequently, you may change your password and personal data. Click on "know-how login" to enter your
personal profile, which you may edit yourself.
As soon as your increased access rights have been confirmed, you can enter the increased access web portal
below:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Velik Responsible: VSB/Steinberger Release date: 22/08/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.4
Web portal

Menu bullets – Tips:

"Produkte +Service" (Products and Service) menu -> "Produkte 50/60 Hz" (50/60 Hz products)
Viewing and downloading drawings and diagrams for various engine types and applications.
"Produkte + Service" (Products and Service) menu -> "Service" -> "Service Datenbank" (Service database)
Online access to all published Service Bulletins and therefore access to all service-related changes and
innovations.
"Expert know-how" menu
Comprehensive information on co-generation, fuel gas conditioning, exhaust gas treatment, etc.
For security reasons, you must change your password every 6 months. You will be sent an e-mail reminder
containing a link to your personal profile. To extend your increased access rights for another 6 months, just
overwrite your existing password in your "know-how profile", repeat the password and click on
"absenden" (send).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Velik Responsible: VSB/Steinberger Release date: 22/08/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.4
Web portal

After you have registered, you will receive a regular Newsletter. If you do not wish to receive it, click on
"Nein" (No).
If you have any questions, please contact your regular GE Jenbachercontact person.
SprungMarke!!!18014398524851339

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Velik Responsible: VSB/Steinberger Release date: 22/08/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 3/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.5
Your Opinion Counts!

Dear readers,
The purpose of this product documentation is twofold. Firstly, it should ensure risk-free operation and
maintenance of your GE Jenbachersystem.
Secondly, this product documentation should serve as a reference manual covering technical data,
requirements and descriptions of engine and system components, and can also be used for troubleshooting
and training purposes.
Please help us to meet these aims by sharing your work experiences with us.
Subject: Rating Comments
How well do you think our documentation
is structured?

How easy is it to locate information?

What do you think about our technical

vocabulary?

Is the documentation comprehensive?

(Have all of the necessary topics been
covered to an appropriate extent?)

Any additional comments:

Rating: 1 = very good 2 = good 3 = satisfactory 4= adequate 5= inadequate

Please send the completed feedback form to: GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co OG
Documentation Department
Achenseestraße 1-3
A-6200 Jenbach (Austria)

+43 5244 600 566

SprungMarke!!!27021597779449995
[email protected]

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Velik Responsible: Documentation Release date: 22/08/2013
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co OG

Achenseestraße 1 - 3, A-6200 Jenbach
Tel.: +43 5244 600-0, Telefax: +43 5244 600 548
e-mail: [email protected]

GE Jenbacher
Servicecenter Wien
Am Concorde-Park 1/D2, A-2320 Schwechat
Tel.: +43 1 707 95 10, Telefax: +43 1 707 93 28
e-mail: [email protected]

GE Jenbacher
Hirschstrasse 40
9020 Klagenfurt
Tel.: +43 4242 431 124, Telefax: +43 4242 431 124 5
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service Provider
Intelligent Energy Generating Equipment LLC
(Orient Energy Systems Group Company)
Suite 808, Apricot Building, Dubai Silicon Oasis
P O Box 54652 Dubai, UAE
Tel.: +97 14 392 6207, Cellphone: +97 156 174 1186, Telefax: +97 14 392 6208
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service Provider
Jembas Assistencia Tecnica Lda
Lardo do Soweto Nr. 88, C.P. 10013 Luanda
Angola
Tel: 00244 222 637 000
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.jembas.com

Industrias Juan F Secco SA

Juan Pablo II 5665
Av. Circunvalacion y Av. Urib
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 1/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Santa Fe
2000 Rosario, Argentinia
Tel.: + 54-341 4094097
e-mail: [email protected]

CLARKE ENERGY AUSTRALIA Pty. Ltd.

Building 1, 2-4 Stirling Street
Thebarton SA 5031
Tel.: +61 (0)8 8290 2100, Telefax: +61 (0)8 8443 5848
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

Enerflex Service Pty. Ltd.

Eagle Farm, Schneider Road 115
4009 Brisbane, Queensland
Tel.: +61 (0)7 33189 000, Telefax: +61 (0)7 33189 099
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.enerflex.com

Sales Representative
Ecogen Energy Systems bvba
Vaart Rechteroever 225
B-9800 Deinze
Tel.: +32 938 64860, Telefax: + +32 938 61134
e-mail: [email protected]

Filter EOOD
7, Iskarsko Shouse Blvd.,
Trade Center Europe
Building 6 Floor 1
PO 1528
Sofia, Bulgaria
Tel: +359 2 974 50 85
Fax: +359 2 974 50 87
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.filter.bg

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 2 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Distributor/Service Provider
Orient Energy Systems FZCO
Dubai Airport Free Zone, LIU, Warehouse No. G 06
DAFZA UAE
Tel: +971 4 2995300
Fax: +971 4 2995123
e-mail: [email protected]

Sales - Jenbacher gas engines

Rod. Jornalista Frco. Aguirre Proenca s/n Km 3,8 - Boa Vista
13064-654 Campinas-SP, Brazil
Tel.: +55 19 2104 6996, Telefax: +55 19 2104 6999
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service Provider
Filter SZAO
Logoisky Tract and MCAD Crossing, Minsky district,
Administrative Bldg., Office 501
223053 Minsk, Republic of Belarus
Tel.: +375 (172) 95 04 03, Telefax: +375 172 95 96 18
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service Provider
Gas Drive Global LP
4700 47 Street SE
Calgary, AB, T2B 3R1
CANADA
Tel: +1 403 387 6300
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.gasdriveglobal.com

IWK Integrierte Wärme und Kraft AG (Sales)

Aspstrasse 11
CH-8472 Oberohringen / Seuzach, Schweiz

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 3/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Tel.: + 41 52 320 00 00, Telefax: + 41 52 320 00 01

Tel. direct: +41 52 320 00 04, Mobil: +41 79 367 75 34
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.iwk.ch

Distributor / Service Provider

Generadora Trasandina S.A. (GTSA)
Av. Apoquindo 5583, of 101, Las Condes
Santiago
Tel.: +56 2 952 4301, Mobile: +56 9 6570 0343
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.generadoratrasandina.com

International Office & Packaging Operation

GE Energy (Hangzhou) Co. Ltd.
288 Hongxing Rd., South Bridge
Xiaoshan Economic & Tech. Development Zone
Hangzhou, 311231, P.R. China
Tel.: +86 571 8369 9888, Telefax: +86 571 8286 9107
e-mail: [email protected]

International Office
GE Energy
Jenbacher Sales China
18/F., Kerry Center , 1 Guanghua Road , Chaoyang District , Beijing 100020
Tel.: +8610 5822 3821, Telefax: +8610 8529 6283
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service Provider
Jebsen & Co. (China) Ltd.
30/F., Lee Garden Two, 28 Yun Ping Road,
Causeway Bay, Hong Kong, China
Tel.: +852 2923 8668, Telefax: +852 2882 1588
e-mail: [email protected]
Tel.: +852 2923 8718, Telefax: +852 2882 1588
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.jebsen.com

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 4 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Jebsen & Co Ltd.

Region: Hongkong and Macau
28/F., Lee Gardens Two,
28 Yun Ping Road,
Causeway Bay
Hong Kong
Tel: +852 2923 8883, Fax: +86 852 2882 1588
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.jebsen.com

Distributor/Service
Shenyang WeiLiDa Engineering Equipment Co. Ltd.
Region: Liaoning, Jilin, Heilongjiang
Jiahuan Building No. 39, RM 1306, Heping nan street
Shenyang, Liaoning 110003
China
Tel.: +86 24 232 54 011, Fax: +86 24 832 51 066
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service provider
YUMON INTERNATIONAL TRADE (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.
Region: Shandong, Jiangsu, Zhejiang, Anhui, Shanghai
Rm. 1001 ZhongRong International Building
No. 1088 Pudong S. Road,
Shanghai 200120, China
Telefone: +86-21-58781256
Fax: +86-21-58784945
e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
www: www.solomon.com.tw

Distributor/Service provider
Guangzhou Shenfa M&E Industry Development Co. LTD
Region: Guangdong; Guangxi; Hunan; Jiangxi; Hainan
1708#, R&F Morgan Plaza, Huaqiang Rd.
Pearl River New Town
Guangzhou, P.R. China
Tel: +86 20 835 59 493
Fax: +86 20 835 63 252
Mobile: +86 13 924 219 065
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.sf-power.com.cn

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 5/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Distributor/Service Provider
Dongguan Camda Gererator Work Co. Ltd
Region: INNER MONGOLIA, HEBEI, SHAANXI, SHANXI, HENAN, HAINAN, CHONGQING
FOR COAL MINE GAS APPLICATIONS: Region China
Liaobu Town, Dongguan City, Guangdong Province 523407, P.R. China
Tel: +86-769-88996235; Fax: +86-769-88996282
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.camda.cc, www.camdapower.com

Distributor/Service Provider
AB Energy SPA
Via Caduti del Lavoro, 13
250 Orzinuovi
Italy
Tel.: +39 0309947850
Email: [email protected]
www: www.gruppoab.at

JMP (Service)
Plynarenska 1, 65702 Brno
Tel.: +420 545 548 263, Telefax: +420 545 548 263
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.jmpas.cz

Jenbacher GmbH
Carl-Benz-Straße 25
D-67227 Frankenthal (Pfalz)
Tel.: +49 (0) 6233 5110-0, Telefax: +49 (0) 6233 5110-170
Service Hotline: 07000 – 536 - 2224
e-mail: [email protected]

Sales Representative
Energas BHKW GmbH
Banneggstraße 90
D-88214 Ravensburg

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 6 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Tel.: +49 751 88833330, Fax: +49 751 88833339

e-mail: [email protected]

GE Jenbacher Denmark
Samsøvej 10
DK-8382 Hinnerup
Tel.: +45 86966788, Telefax: +45 86967072
e-mail: [email protected]

Dominikanische Republik
Sales Representative / Service Provider
The Power Service Group, S.A.
Door Power Service S.A.
Calle Vicente Celestino Duarte 2
Zona Colonial , DN
Santo Domingo
Tel.: +1 809 285 0016, Telefax: +1 809 285 0017
e-mail: [email protected]

Algeria
Distributor / Service Provider
Amimer Energie SARL
za Adha Seddouk, 06500 W. Bejaia, Algeria
Tel.: 00 213 34323154, Telefax.: 00 213 34323135
e-mail: [email protected]

Clarke Energy France SAS

Z.A. de la Malle
RD 6
13320 Bouc Bel Air
Tel: +33 442 907575, Fax: +33 442 907576
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

AS Filter
Läike tee 9, Peetri küla, Rae vald

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 7/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

75312 Harjumaa
Tel.: +372 606 6666, Telefax: +372 606 6650
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.filter-group.com

International Office
GE International Inc.
54 Lebanon Street,
El Mohandessin, Floor 13
Cairo
Tel.: + 20 2 3301 8000
e-mail: [email protected]

Sakr Power Systems

South Kattamyia, Sokhna old road, New Cairo
Third district, Block # 12
Tel.: +20 10 50 239 47, Telefax: +20 10 17 246 18
e-mail: [email protected]

Clarke Energy Ltd.

Power House, Senator Point, South Boundary Road,
Knowsley Industrial Park
Liverpool L33 7RR
Tel.: + 44 151 546 4446, Telefax: +44 151 545 5714
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

Distributed Power
GE Power & Water
Calle Josefa Varcarcel, 26
Edifcio Merrimack III
28027 Madrid
Spain
Tel.: +34 91 658 6800, Telefax: +34 91 652 2616
e-mail: [email protected]

GE Jenbacher Spain and Portugal

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 8 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Ctra. de Hospitalet, 147-149 | Cityparc - Ed. Roma

E-08940 Cornellà de Llobregat (Barcelona)
Tel.: +34 93 475 1300, Telefax: +34 93 475 1301
e-mail: [email protected]

Höyrytys Oy
Palokorvenkatu 2
FIN-04261 Kerava
Tel.: +358 468 508 070, Telefax: +358 941 746 100
e-mail: [email protected]

Clarke Energy France SAS

Z.A. de la Malle
RD 6
13320 Bouc Bel Air
Frankreich
Tel.: +33 442 907 575, Telefax: +33 442 907 576
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

Distributor / Service Provider

GENELCO Power Systems Ltd.
2, Irinis Street
New Smymi Athens 17121
Tel: +30 210 934 69 94
Mobile: +30 6944 358 247
e-mail: mailto:[email protected]

International Office & Packaging Operation

GE Energy Jenbacher Hungary (Service)
Kisret ut1
H-2112 Veresegyhaz
Tel.: + 36 2858 7376 , Telefax: + 0036 2858 7491
e-mail: [email protected]

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 9/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Distributor/Service Provider
AB Energy SPA
Via Caduti del Lavoro, 13
250 Orzinuovi
Italy
Tel.: +39 0309947850
Email: [email protected]
www: www.gruppoab.at

TZV Gredelj d.o.o. (Service)

Trnjanska Cesta 1, HR-10000 Zagreb
Tel.: +385 1 6111 311, Telefax: +385 1 6110 121
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service Provider
Navigat Energy Pte. Ltd.
Bank Rakyat Indonesia Building 8th,
Suite 810, Jendrak Sudiram Street 44-46
Jakarta 10210, Indonesia
Tel.: +62 21 572 4944, Telefax: +62 21 572 7614
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.navigat.com

Distributor/Service Provider
Clarke Energy Ltd.
Power House, Senator Point, South Boundary Road,
Knowsley Industrial Park, Liverpool L33 7RR
Telephone: + 44 151 546 4446, Fax: + 44 151 545 5714
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

Distributor/Service Provider
Clarke Energy Ireland Ltd.
1 Stokes Place, St. Stephens Green, Dublin 2, Ireland
Tel.: +353 879 804002
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 10 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Madei Taas Industrial Controls Ltd.

2 Hacharoshet st., Kfar-Saba 44641
Tel.: +972 9 7669903, Telefax: +972 9 7669904
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.madeitaas.co.il

Clarke Energy India Private Limited

"Shivkiran", Lane no. 4, Dahanukar Colony, Kothrud
Pune 411 038
Tel.: +91 20 30241777
Telefax: +91 20 30241800
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy-india.com

International Office
GE India Industrial Pvt. Ltd.
A-1, 2nd Floor, Golden Enclave
Corporate Towers, Airport Road
560 017 Bangalore
Tel.: +91 80 4150 1406, Telefax: +91 80 2520 3860
e-mail: [email protected]

Trinidad & Tobago

Distributor/Service Provider
Water Tech Limited
10 Nelson Road
Freeport
Trinidad, West Indies
Tel.: +868 673 5453, +868 673 2061, Telefax: +868 673 1620
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service Provider
Triveni Engineering & Industries Ltd.
Regions: KERALA, TAMIL NADU, KARNATAKA; ANDHRA PRADESH; ORISSA, MADHYA PRADESH, GOA,
LAKSHWADEEP, PONDICHERRY, ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS
12-A Peenya Industrial Area, Peenya, Bengaluru 560058, Karnataka
Tel.: +91 22 2282 4397, Fax: +86 21 5878 4945
e-mail: [email protected]
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 11/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

www: www.triveniturbines.com

Distributor/Service Provider
Navigat Energy Pte. Ltd.
139 Cecil Street, 04-02 Cecil House, Singapore 069539,
Rep. of Singapore, Indonesia
Tel.: +62 21 5724944, Telefax: +62 21 5727614
e-mail: [email protected]

GE Jenbacher
Via Staffali 1
37062 Dossobuono (Verona), Italy
Tel.: +39 045 6760211, Telefax: +39 045 6766322
e-mail: [email protected]

Sales Representative
NME s.r.L
Via Ferruccio Dell'Orto, 8
24126 Bergamo
Tel: +39 035 320030, Fax: +39 035 312022
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.nmesrl.it

Distributor / Service Provider

Sakr Power Systems SAL
Kartaba Road, Industrial Area
Halata (Jbeil), Lebanon
Tel.: +961 9 444888, Telefax: +961 3 811108
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.sakr.com

Hitachi Engineering & Services Co., Ldt.

2-2 Kandatacho Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo 101-0046
Tel.: +81 3 5297 0514, Telefax: +81 3 5297 0517
e-mail: [email protected]
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 12 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Hitachi Engineering & Services Co., Ldt.

15-1, Higashionuma-cho, 1-chome
Hitachi-shi
Ibaraki-ken, 316-0023
Tel.: +81 294 36 7996, Telefax: +81 294 36 9637
e-mail: [email protected]

Osaka Gas Engineering Co., Ldt.

1-4-100, Hokuko, Konohana-Ku
Osaka 554-0033
Tel.: +81 6 4804 2600, Telefax: +81 6 4804 2601
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor / Service Provider

Sakr Power Systems SAL
Kartaba Road, Industrial Area
Halata (Jbeil), Lebanon
Tel.: +961 9 444888, Telefax: +961 3 811108
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.sakr.com

RNP Enterprise Ltd.

Room 301, Chung Won Bldg. 170-3
Bang - I - Dong
Song Pa-Ku, Seoul 138-050, Korea
Tel.: +82 2 412 3700, Telefax: +82 2 412 3044
e-mail: [email protected]

Turkuaz Machinery Ltd.

Rayimbek ave. 160A,
50016 Almaty
Tel.: +7 727 273 19 95, Telefax: +7 727 273 15 68
e-mail: [email protected]
www: turkuazmachinery.kz

Promelectronika-K TOO

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 13/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Bogenbay batyra str 132, Office 113.105

050026 Almaty.
Tel.: +77 272 965560
Fax.: +77 272 721983
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.intma.kz

Abdulaziz Abdulmoshin Al-Rashed Sons Co. WLL

Building No. 225-227, Block 2, next to Al-Watan TV,
Afdiya, Kuwait
Tel: 00965-24376740
Fax: 00965-24339291
Email: [email protected]
www: www.al-rashedholdings.com

Distributor / Service Provider

Sakr Power Systems SAL
Kartaba Road, Industrial Area
Halata (Jbeil)
Tel.: +961 9 444888, Telefax: +961 3 811108
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.sakr.com

IWK Integrierte Wärme und Kraft AG (Sales)

Aspstrasse 11, CH-8472 Oberohringen / Seuzach, Schweiz
Tel.: + 41 52 320 00 00, Telefax: + 41 52 320 00 01
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.iwk.ch

UAB Filter
Draugystes Str. 19, 3031 Kaunas
Tel.: +37 037 400 380, Telefax: +370 0872 1399
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.filter.lt

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 14 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

ENERGOLUX S.A.
12, rue de Bitbourg, L-1273 Luxembourg-Hamm
Tel.: +352 43 42 43-1, Telefax: +352 43 68 33
e-mail: [email protected]

SIA Filter
21 Aizkraukles street, 1006 Riga
Tel.: + 371 7 556765, Telefax: + 371 70550224
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.filter-group.com

Distributor & Service Provider

Smith Power Products
3065 West California Ave
Salt Lake City, UT 84104, USA
T: +52 3331641237
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.smithpowerproducts.com

Distributor/Service Provider
Clarke Energy Nigeria Ltd.
13 B Obanta Street, Apapa, Lagos, Nigeria
Tel.: +234 181 56723
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

GE Jenbacher Netherlands
Kelvinring 58
NL-2952 BG ALBLASSERDAM
Tel.: +31 (0) 88 0019700, Telefax: +31 (0) 88 0019701
e-mail: [email protected]

ENTEC Services Limited

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 15/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

57G McLaughlins Road, Manukau City 2104

PO Box 76160, Manukau City 2241
Auckland, New Zealand
Tel:: +64 9 277 2211, Fax.: +64 9 277 2210
email: [email protected]
www: www.entec.co.nz

Distributor/Service Provider
Orient Energy Systems FZCO
Dubai Airport Free Zone, LIU, Warehouse No. G 06
DAFZA UAE
Tel: +971 4 2995300
Fax: +971 4 2995123
e-mail: [email protected]

Desco Incorporated
Laguna International Industrial Park
Lot 2 Block 3, Interstar Street
Barangay Mamplasan, City of Binan
Laguna, Philippines 4024
Tel.: +632 520 8149 to 50
www: www.deco.ph

KWE - Technika Energetyczna Sp.z o.o.

Ul. Miedziana 38
43-305 Bielsko-Biała, Polen
Tel.: +48 338 215 093, Telefax: +48 338 216 562
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.kwe.pl

ECOPOWER – EQUIP. SERV. ENERGIA, UNIPESSOAL, LDA.

ATT: Raul Assunção
Carregado Park, Arm. D,
Lugar da Torre,
2580-512 Carregado
LISBOA – PORTUGAL
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 16 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.ecopower.pt

Sales Representative (Greenhouse segment only)

Protermia
Praceta Joao Villaret, n°169, 4460-337 Sra. Da Hora
Tel: 351 229 579 130; Fax: 351 229 537 355
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.prtermia.pt

SC Total Energy Business SA

55, Floreasca St., 6th Floor, 1st District
014453 Bucharest
Tel.: +40 21 569 84 45
Telefax: +40 21 456 84 45
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.teb.com.ro

International Offices
GE Energy Russia
27, Electrozavodskaya Street, bld. 8, floor 5
107023 Moscow, Russia
Tel.: +7 495 937 11 11; +7 495 9 81 13 13, Telefax: +7 495 937 11 12
e-mail: [email protected]

ZAO Sigma Services (Service)

h. 15. bld. 33, M. Kaluzhskaya str.
117071 Moscow
Tel.: +7 095 935 7835, Telefax: +7 095 935 7888
e-mail: [email protected]

ZAO VADO International GUS (Sales)

Krasnaja Presnja 28
123022 Moskau - Russische Föderation
Tel.: +7 095 363 95 05, Telefax: +7 095 363 9509
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.vado.biz

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 17/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Focused on the North West Region

Distributor/Service Provider
Vapor CJSC
B. Moskovskaya 8/2 Letter A,
191002 Saint – Petersburg
T: + 7 812 448 00 70
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.vapor.ru

Focused on the South Ural and Volga Region

Distributor/Service Provider
Intma CJSC
Rabochaya Str.,93, Bld.2, Office 338
109544 Moscow
T: +7 495 974 12 95
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.intma.ru

Focused on the South and Central Region

Distributor/Service Provider
Max Motors LLC
19/4, Kurortniy prospect
354000 Sochi, RUSSIA
Tel.: +7(8622) 62-77-99(multichannel), Telefax: +7(8622) 62-61-16
Call center 8(800)505-77-99(calls are free of charge for Russian Federation customers!)
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.max.motors.ru

GreenTech Energy LLC (Tumen and Kurgan Region)

Bld. IX, Begovaya str. 32
125284 Moscow
Phone: +7 495 970 1700
e-mail: [email protected]
URL: www.gte.su

Ali A. Tamimi Trading Company

2nd Industrial City
Al Baqaiq Street
Khobar, 31952
Tel.: +966 3 868 1037 ext. 100
Fax.: +966 3 868 2733
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 18 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.al-tamimi.com

GE Jenbacher Denmark
Industrivej 19, DK-8881 Thorsø
Tel.: + 45 8 6966788, Telefax: + 45 8 6967072
e-mail: [email protected]

Sales Representative
IGF Gasprodukter
Årsta Park
Byängsgränd 14
S-120 40 Årsta
Tel. +46 -8 742 22 80, Fax: +46 87 44 44 50
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.igfgasprodukter.se

Distributor/Service Provider
Navigat Energy Pte. Ltd.
105 Cecil Street # 15-02, the Octagon
Singapore 69534, Rep. of Singapore
Tel.: +65 653 88 808, Fax: +65 653 83 133
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.navigat.com

TES d.o.o.
Gregorciceva 3, Maribor 2000
Tel.: +386 2 229 4726, Telefax: +386 2 229 4727
e-mail: [email protected] or [email protected]
www: www.tes.si

Distributor/Service Provider
Navigat Energy (Thailand) Ltd.
2/22 Chan Rd., K. Thungwatdorn;
Khet Sathorn
Bangkok 10120, Thailand

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 19/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Tel.: +66 26785157, Fax: +66 26785158

e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.navigat.com

Topkapi Endüstri Mallari Ticaret A.S.

Pazartekke, Millet Cad. No.180-184
Topkapi
34104, Istanbul
Tel.: +90 212 534 04 10, Telefax: +90 212 524 58 46
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.topkapigroup.com.tr

Distributor/Service Provider
Clarke Energy Tunisie SARL
Immeuble Sarra Bb Principle, Les Berges du Lac
Tunis
Tel.: +216 71 96 52 99, Fax: +216 25 39 04 90
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

Distributor/Service Provider
Clarke Energy Ltd.
Power House, Senator Point, South Boundary Road, Knowsley Industrial Park, Liverpool L33 7RR
T: +44 151 546 4446, Fax: +44 151 545 5714
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.clarke-energy.com

Sinapse
7, Vanda Vasilevskaya Str.
03055 Kiev
Tel.: +38 044 238 0967 or +38 044 2380966, Telefax: +38 044 2380967 or +38 044 2380970
e-mail: [email protected], [email protected], www.sinapse.ua; www.cogeneration.com.ua

GE Energy

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 20 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

Jenbacher Sales and Service USA

5244 N. Sam Houston Parkway East,
Houston, TX 77032
Tel.: +1 832 295 5600
e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor/Service Provider
Northeast Energy Systems, a division of Penn Detroit Diesel Allison
(ME, VT, NH, MA, PA, NY, CT, DE, NJ, RI, OH) Corporate Headquater
8330 State Road, Philadelphia PA 19136
Telephone: +1 215 335 5010, Fax: +1 215 335 2163
e-mail: [email protected] or [email protected]
www: www.neesys.com

Northeast Energy Systems, a division of Penn Detroit Diesel Allison

(ME, VT, NH, MA, PA, NY, CT, DE, NJ, RI, OH)
86 Finnell Drive, Units 13 and 14
Weymouth, Massachusetts 02188
Telephone: + 1 781 340 9640, Fax: + 1 781 340 9649
e-mail: [email protected] or [email protected]
www: www.neesys.com

Distributor/Service Provider
Western Energy Systems, a division of Penn Detroit Diesel Allison
(AK, CA, HI, OR)
499 Nibus Street, Brea, California 92821
Telephone: +1 714 529 9700
e-mail: [email protected] or [email protected]

Inland Power Group. (MN, MI, WI, IA, IL, IN)

13015 W. Custer Avenue,
Butler, WI 53007
Tel.: +1 262 781 7100, Telefax: +1 262 783 8974
e-mail: [email protected] [email protected]
www: www.inlandpowergroup.com

Smith Power Products (WA, MT, ID, WY, NV, UT, AZ, CO, KS, MO, NE, NM, ND, OK, SD, TX)
3065 West California Ave.
Salt Lake City, UT 84104
Tel.: +1 801 415 5000, Telefax: +1 801 415 5700
e-mail: [email protected]

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 21/22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.6
Service and Sales partners

www: smithpowerproducts.com

GENEVA LLC, DBA Nixon Power Services Company

(AR, LA, MS, TN, AL, GA, KY, FL, SC, NC, VA, WV, MD)
5038 Thoroghbred Lane
Brentwood, TN 37027
Tel.: +1 615 309 5823
e-mail: [email protected]

Dome Trading and Contracting Company LTD

Villa Nr. 18, Street Nr. 38 (off Hadda Rd.)
Sana'a. PO Box 16187
YEMEN
Tel Office: +9671414023
Fax: +9671414044
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.domeint.com

South Afrika/Botswana/Lesotho/Mozambique/Swaziland
Sales Representative/Service Provider
Agaricus Trading cc
P O Box 1535
Linkhills
3652
Kwazulu-Natal
South Africa
Tel.: + 27 31 7633222, Telefax: + 27 31 7633041
e-mail: [email protected]
www: www.agaricus.co.za
SprungMarke!!!216172782128219531

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 23/03/2015
Index: 25 Page No.: 22 / 22
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
1.7
Imprint

This GE Jenbacher Product Documentation consisting of :

▪ Description – Operation
▪ Maintenance
▪ spare parts list
was created by the Technical Documentation Department of GE Jenbacher.

If you have any questions, problems or suggestions regarding this Product Documentation, please contact us.
Address: GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co OG
A-6200 Jenbach | Austria
Telephone: +43 | 5244| 600-3064
Fax: +43 | 5244| 600-566
SprungMarke!!!27021597778924939
E-mail: [email protected]

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 22/08/2013
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
2 General conditions
2.1
Designated Use

1 Designated use.......................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Foreseeable misuse.................................................................................................................................. 1

1 Designated use
The designated use is the use of the engine which must be applied as described in the operating instructions.
GE Jenbacherco-generation plants and generator modules are designed for decentralised production of
electrical energy.
For this purpose a gas engine is used to power a high-voltage or low-voltage three-phase generator.
Co-generation plants also utilise the thermal energy from engine cooling water, engine oil, mixtures and
exhaust gases.
Any use not described in the operating or maintenance instructions is not considered a designated use. GE
Jenbacher accepts no liability for the consequences of any non-designated use.
GE Jenbacher systems are designed individually to the customer’s specifications. These specific requirements
also clearly define the designated use of the system and its proper operating conditions. Any subsequent
changes to the system must therefore always be approved by GE Jenbacher.

① Gas engine ③ Heat exchanger

② Generator

2 Foreseeable misuse
A reasonably foreseeable misuse is any use of the engine which may arise in a way not intended in the
operating instructions but can arise from easily foreseeable human behaviour.
In order to prevent a reasonably foreseeable misuse, GE Jenbacher has carried out a risk analysis as described
in EN ISO 12100.
The residual risks and possible misuses revealed in these analyses have been reduced to a minimum on the
basis of the PREVENT-PROTECT-WARN principle. For risks which cannot be constructively prevented, you will
find hazard signs on the plant and appropriate warnings in the operating instructions.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 16/10/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
2.1
Designated Use

Misuses constitute a danger to operators, third parties and the plant itself.
You will find information on how to deal with the residual risks to prevent health and safety from being
compromised in the safety instructions TI 2300-0005, work instructions and your operating instructions.
Examples of residual risks include hot surfaces, electrical hazards (high voltage), poisonous gases, liquids under
pressure, heavy components, risk of trapping fingers, incorrect behaviour in the event of an alarm, fall from
height, danger of slipping, failure to follow lock-out/tag-out procedures and working on unsecured plant while
still running.
Unqualified staff are prohibited from operating or working on GE Jenbacher plants or entering the engine
room.
Familiarise yourself with the requirements in TI 2300-0001 “Employee protection”, TI 1100-0111 “General
conditions – Operation and maintenance”, official regulations on safety at work and the relevant parts of the
safety instructions.
Never operate GE Jenbacher plants outside their operational design constraints for and technical
specifications.
Familiarise yourself with the requirements in TI 1100-0110 “Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas
engines”, the specified maintenance plan and the technical data recorded for your plant (e.g. performance, gas
quality, gas type, explosive environment, temperature, ventilation, monitoring, program and software versions,
etc.).
While the plant is operating, all safety devices and monitors specified by GE Jenbacher and official bodies must
be functional and should not be bypassed or removed.
Use only operating fluids, tools and spare parts approved by GE Jenbacher and official bodies for operation,
maintenance, servicing and cleaning. Familiarise yourself with the requirements in TI 1100-0111 "Operation
and maintenance", the official regulations and the approved operating fluids (engine oil, cooling-water
additives, lubricants, etc.) as stated in your operating instructions.
GE Jenbacher plants must be installed in accordance with GE Jenbacher specifications. Familiarise yourself
with the requirements in the arrangement plan, the technical diagram, the circuit diagram, the interface list,
the technical specification for the control system and information in the technical instructions for installation,
lifting and setting up.
Familiarise yourself with the disposal requirements and the special handling needed for hazardous materials or
materials subject to mandatory disposal.
You should also familiarise yourself with the requirements in safety guidelines TI 2300-0005, all statutory
regulations and the danger and disposal information on the product concerned.
SprungMarke!!!36028797033673611

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 16/10/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
2.2
REACH-Notification and Downstream User Communication for Sub-
stances in Articles

Dear customer,
GE Jenbacher is committed to being a market leader in supplying products throughout the world. We have put
in place strong programs to comply with regulations in all countries in which we do business. Our approach to
REACH (Regulation 1907/2006 on the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals
adopted by the European Union in December 2006) is being addressed in the same rigorous manner.
GE Jenbacher has been closely following the legislative development of REACH. We are working with our
suppliers to identify any potential implications of REACH on the availability of materials. The vast majority of GE
Jenbacher products including accessories and packaging are considered “articles” under REACH. The
candidate list pursuant to Article 59 of REACH has been published by ECHA at http://echa.europa.eu/
chem_data_en.asp
GE Jenbacher Based on a review GE Jenbacher has been informed that the following Candidate List Substance
is contained in the article supplied, above a concentration of 0.1% by weight of product inform you acc. Article
33 accordinglyt:
Part No. Description SvHC Name CAS No. EC No. concentr. Save use
612163 Flexible hose Alkanes, 85535-84-8 287-476-5 3.16% not applicable
C10-13, chloro
612563 Flexible hose Alkanes, 85535-84-8 287-476-5 3.16% not applicable
C10-13, chloro
629638 Flexible hose Alkanes, 85535-84-8 287-476-5 3.16% not applicable
C10-13, chloro
527170 Flexible hose Alkanes, 85535-84-8 287-476-5 2.84% not applicable
C10-13, chloro
382009 Flexible hose Alkanes, 85535-84-8 287-476-5 3.16% not applicable
C10-13, chloro
400596 Flexible hose Alkanes, 85535-84-8 287-476-5 2.97% not applicable
C10-13, chloro
165120 O-Ring Di (2-thylhexyl) 117-81-7 204-211-0 >0,1 Gew.-% Protective
phthalat gloves made of
nitrile or butyl
rubber
recommended
If you have a question regarding a specific product please do not hesitate to contact:

Roland Eitzinger
GE Energy
Technical Compliance Leader
Jenbacher Gas Engines
[email protected]
www.gejenbacher.com
Achenseestr. 1-3
A-6200 Jenbach, Österreich
GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co OG

SprungMarke!!!9007201671064971

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek Responsible: Eitzinger Roland Release date: 22/08/2013
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Declaration of Conformity

Declaration of Conformity - ORIGINAL

according with annex II, 1.A. of the machinery directive 2006/42/EC.
We,
GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co OG
Achenseestraße 1 – 3
A-6200 Jenbach
herewith declare, on our responsibility, that the
following equipment
Combined heat and power module : JMS 420 GS-N.L
Module number: 1134057

together with accessory electrical plant, lifting gear and all electrical and mechanical equipment supplied
and directly associated with it
to which this Declaration refers, conforms to the relevant fundamental safety objectives of CE Directives
2006/42/EC (Machinery Directive), 2004/108/EC (Electromagnetic Compatibility), 2006/95/EC (Low-Voltage
Directive - electrical units, to be used within specific voltage limits) and 97/23/EC (Pressure Equipment).
The following standards and technical specifications, among others, have been taken into account in order to
properly satisfy the requirements specified in the EC Directives:
EN ISO 12100:2010 Safety of machinery - General principles for design - Risk assessment and risk
reduction
EN 12601:2010 Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engine Driven Generating Sets - Safety
EN 60204-1:2006 Safety of Machinery - electric equipment of machines - Part 1: General
+A1:2009 +Cor.:2010 Requirements
EN 61439-2: 2011 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Part 2: Power switchgear
and controlgear assemblies (IEC 61439-2:2011)
EN 61000-6-2:2005 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunitiy for
+Cor.: 2005 industrial environments
EN 61000-6-4:2007 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission
+A1:2011 standard for industrial environments

Dr. Andreas M. Lippert Documentation Officer: Country: BGD

General Manager Robert Pichler, Manager Documentation Datum: 2015-04
Technology GE Jenbacher GmbH & Co OG Language:
Achenseestraße 1-3, 6200 Jenbach,Austria
SprungMarke!!!54043195742536331
is authorised to compile technical documents

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Schartner Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 05/11/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

NOTICE
Observance of the conditions of this Technical Instruction and performance of the
activities described therein is the basis of safe and efficient transport of the plant.
Non-observance of the conditions of this Technical Instruction and/or non-performance of the
prescribed activities or any departure from the prescribed activities shall result in the loss of
guarantee rights. This shall not be the case if the operator/carrier shows that although the
Technical Instruction was observed, defects already existed at the time of handover or
commissioning,
The activities and conditions defined in this Technical Instruction shall be performed and/or
observed by the plant operator. This shall not apply if this Technical Instruction is expressly
allocated to the area of responsibility of GE Jenbacher or a contractual agreement between the
operator/carrier and GE Jenbacherprovides for a different arrangement.

1 Scope
This Technical Instruction applies to all GE modules with Type 2, 3, 4 and 6 engines.

2 Purpose
This Technical Instruction expands the information in TA 1000-0042 and TA 1000-0046 by adding instructions
on securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck.
It does not cover:
▪ transport in containers
▪ transport in crates, boxes or other rigid packing
Modules with Type 9 engines are treated separately and are subject to their own transport specifications.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

3 Relevant documents
The following documents must also be observed:
TA 1000-0042 Lifting and transporting GE Jenbacher modules and positioning them in engine rooms
TA 1000-0046 Lifting and transporting GE Jenbacher modules and positioning them in engine rooms
DIN EN 12195 Load restraining on road vehicles - Safety
VDI 2700 Securing of loads on road vehicles

4 Minimum requirements for the transport of modules (without accessories)

▪ Closed truck
Type 2 and 3 engines and generators:
▪ 12 lashing straps with at least LC 2,500 including edge protection
▪ 2 anti-slip mats of 200 mm x 6 000 mm x 12 mm
Type 4 engines:
▪ 10 lashing straps with at least LC 2 500 including edge protection
▪ 2 shackles with WLL 8,5 t pin, DM 28 mm, inside width 43 mm
▪ 2 anti-slip mats of 200 mm x 6 500 mm x 12 mm
Type 6 engines:
▪ 14 lashing straps with at least LC 2 500 including edge protection
▪ 4 shackles with WLL 8,5 t pin, DM 28 mm, inside width 43 mm
▪ 2 anti-slip mats of 200 mm x 7 000 mm x 12 mm
Type 624 engines:
▪ 8 lashing chains with at least LC 4 000 including edge protection
▪ 2 lashing straps with at least LC 2 500 including edge protection
▪ 4 shackles with WLL 8,5 t pin, DM 28 mm, inside width 43 mm
▪ 2 anti-slip mats of 200 mm x 9 800 mm x 12 mm

5 Loading

5.1 General
Loading must be carried out by an experienced and trained loader holding all the necessary training
certificates. The loader in this context is the person operating the lifting equipment used to load the truck,
regardless of whether they are an employee of GE Jenbacher or the carrier (truck driver or person responsible
for loading) The following are permissible for loading GE Jenbacher modules on to trucks:
▪ Forklift trucks with adequate lifting capacity, height and reach if permitted by the relevant TI for the engine
type.
▪ Mobile cranes
▪ Stationary cranes
When loading with this lifting equipment, all the work and safety instructions of the manufacturer of the lifting
equipment and those laid down by law must be observed. The loader must familiarise himself with these in
advance.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 2 / 16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

5.2 Lifting, moving and setting down

The instructions in TA 1000-0046 for type 2, 3 and 4 engines and in TA 1000-0042 for Type 6 engines must
always be observed when lifting, moving and setting down. Modules must be lifted carefully, and the
permissible acceleration in the Z-direction of 0,2 g must not be exceeded. No movement in the X and Y
directions is permissible when lifting. The load must not be moved until lifting is completed.
When moving, pay strict attention to ensuring that no damage occurs to either the load or the truck, and that
no personal injury is suffered. The loader must make sure before the start of loading that the planned load path
is clear and there are no persons or objects obstructing the module and lifting gear; this must be continuously
checked during loading. If this not possible for technical reasons or reasons to do with the building, a loading
assistant must be called in to monitor the area out of the loader's field of view and to assist the loader by
means of optical or acoustic signals. The load must be moved carefully; jerky movements, speeds over 0,8 m/s
(3 km/h, half walking pace) and longitudinal and transverse accelerations of more than 0,1 g, e.g. when
negotiating bends, must be avoided at all costs.
Make sure before setting down that anti-slip measures have been taken where the module is to be placed.
Setting down itself must be carried out with extreme caution, and any impact on the module or transport
equipment must be avoided. The maximum permissible acceleration in the Z-direction is 0,2 g; horizontal
movement is inadmissible. It must also be ensured that once set down, the module frame sits flush on the
vehicle floor surface, and that the cargo cannot tip over and stands straight and has been positioned in
accordance with the instructions under "Positioning on the transport vehicle". If this is not the case, the loading
procedure (separated into horizontal and vertical procedures) must be repeated until the requirements are met
in full. The loader is responsible for compliance.

5.3 Positioning on the transport vehicle

The module must be positioned longitudinally in the middle of the load surface and parallel to the vehicle
longitudinal axis. The cargo must be positioned transversely on the vehicle so that the axle loads are as even
as possible; under no circumstances may the permissible individual axle or wheel loads be exceeded. Make
sure that there is sufficient clearance between the module and walls or tarpaulins so that no contact and
resulting damage to the module or the vehicle can occur during transport, and access to the lashing points on
the vehicle cargo floor is guaranteed.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 3/16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

Fig. 1: Module positioning on the cargo floor viewed from the rear

Fig. 2: Module positioning on the cargo floor viewed from the left

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 4 / 16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

6 Securing during transport

6.1 General
GE Jenbacher modules must be secured during
transport by truck in accordance with the regulations
and guidelines of EN 12195 and VDI 2700. Securing
using friction-locking alone and combined friction and
positive locking are both permissible. The carrier is
under an obligation to ensure that the driver given the
job is familiar with all the rules and regulations and
has been trained in them. The appropriate lashing
equipment must be provided by the carrier and
presented to the person responsible for despatch at
GE Jenbacher before loading is commenced. The
lashing equipment must be in good condition, be
completely undamaged and bear the manufacturer's
test notice.

Fig. 3: Test notice for lashing equipment as per EN

12195-2

Lashing equipment which is missing or does not comply with legal requirements will result in loading being
refused until the required equipment is presented. The complaint and resultant delay must be noted in the
delivery note. Any costs incurred by the delay or total refusal to load, including consequential costs, shall be
borne by the carrier. GE Jenbacher further reserves the right to claim against the carrier for any penalty
payments resulting from late delivery of the module to the customer, should a justified refusal to load for the
above reasons be the cause of the delayed delivery.

6.2 Anti-slip mats
To reduce the lashing forces it is required to use anti-slip mats according to VDI 2700 Part 15 for every single
transport. These will be provided by GE Jenbacher or its logistics partner, the firm of Geb. Weiss, to every carrier
before the start of loading.
The anti-slip mats must be positioned on the vehicle cargo floor (while observing the prohibition against
working under suspended loads) so that the two longitudinal beams of the module frame sit flush on the anti-
slip mats and no part of the module is in direct contact with the vehicle cargo floor.

6.3 Lashing straps
Heavy-duty lashing straps with the following properties are prescribed for lashing down GE Jenbacher
modules:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 5/16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

▪ Lashing strap according to EN 12195-2

▪ Width at least 50 mm
▪ at least LC 2 500 daN
▪ SHF 50 daN
▪ STF 300 daN
▪ Max. elongation 5%
▪ Carabiner or triangle hooks with safety latches (claw hooks only permissible after approval by the GE
Jenbacher person responsible for despatch, and if loosening or becoming undone during transport can be
ruled out)
or
▪ Lashing strap according to EN 12195-2
▪ Width at least 50 mm
▪ at least LC 5 000 daN
▪ SHF 50 daN
▪ STF 400 daN
▪ Max. elongation 5%
▪ Carabiner or triangle hook with safety latch

If a carabiner or triangle hook cannot be attached directly to the module, suitable aids or intermediate
equipment such as shackles or heavy-duty carabiners must be used.
Restraining chains must be used to secure GE Jenbacher modules with type J624 engines.

6.4 Lashing forces
The lashing provides a restraint against acceleration forces during transport. These generally result in tipping
around the longitudinal axis of the module-vehicle due to the narrow support triangle, and slipping in the
longitudinal direction.

Fig. 4: Support triangles in the longitudinal and transverse directions

The module must be restrained in principle as shown in Figs. 5 or 6. The number and position of the lashings
will depend on the weight of the module and the accessibility of the lashing points on the vehicle.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 6 / 16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

Restraints must always run directly between the attachment point on the module and the load bearing point
on the vehicle, i.e. the lashing strap must run in a straight line between these two points without touching any
other components. In particular, it must be ensured that no other components are subjected to any forces from
the restraints which could deform or damage them, and that no components can deform during transport with
the result that the restraints can become loose or undone.

Fig. 5: Fastening lashings to the module, schematic, four-point fixing

① Module centre of gravity

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 7/16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

Fig. 6: Fastening lashings to the module, schematic, six-point fixing

① Module centre of gravity

7 Attachment points on the module

Modules have different attachment points where the restraints have to be attached, depending on the engine
type and the scope of supply. The attachment points, their position on the module and the correct position of
the lashings for the individual engine types are shown in Figs. 7 to 25. The lashings must be checked before
transport is approved and started.

8 Restraining the module in the direction of travel

The fundamental rule is:
▪ The module must be restrained in backward direction (to prevent slipping forwards) with at least 60 % of
the weight of the load.
▪ The module must be restrained in forward direction (to prevent slipping backwards) with at least 40 % of
the weight of the load.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 8 / 16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

9 Attachment points and restraints for Type 2 modules

Fig. 7: Position of the attachment points, Type 2, left

Fig. 8: Position of the attachment points, Type 2, right

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 9/16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

Fig. 9: Detail of attachment point 1 Fig. 10: Detail of attachment point 2

Fig. 11: Detail of attachment point 3 Fig. 12: Detail of attachment point 4

10 Attachment points and restraints for Type 4 modules

Use a shackle when lashing down at the lifting lugs - see Fig. 16!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 10 / 16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

Fig. 13: Position of the attachment points, Type 4, left

Fig. 14: Position of the attachment points, Type 4, right

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 11/16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

Fig. 15: Detail of attachment point 1 Fig. 16: Detail of attachment point 2

Fig. 17: Detail of attachment point 3, Type 4

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 12 / 16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

11 Attachment points and restraints for Type J624 modules

Fig. 18: Position of the attachment points, Type J624, right

Fig. 19: Detail of attachment point 1, J624

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 13/16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

Fig. 20: Detail of attachment point 2, J624

Fig. 22: Detail of attachment point 4, J624

Fig. 21: Detail of attachment point 3, J624

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 14 / 16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

12 Generator attachment points and restraints

Fig. 23: Position of the generator attachment points, right

Fig. 24: Detail of generator attachment point 1 Fig. 25: Detail of generator attachment point 2

13 Checklist
The following checklist must be filled in completely before transport is commenced and question 17 must be
answered with YES before transport approval can be given by GE Jenbacher.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 15/16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1000-0039
Securing GE Jenbacher modules during transport by truck

Task description Person responsible Com Date and Signature

plet time
ed
(Y/N)
1 Transport order present, transport responsible
person, carrier and driver checked?
2 Cargo provided in accordance with transport
order?
3 Dimensions and exact weight of the cargo
known, checked and noted on the delivery note?
4 Vehicle suitable for transport as regards tonnage
and dimensions?
5 Carrier familiar with necessary regulations,
guidelines and GE Work Instructions?
6 Loader in possession of all necessary
qualification certificates and documents for
loading?
7 Vehicle cargo floor prepared as per VDI 2700?
8 Lashing equipment as per EN ISO 12195 present
and in perfect condition?
9 Anti-slip mats present and in perfect condition?
10 Cargo placed in the longitudinal and transverse
centre of the vehicle?
11 Cargo sitting flush on the anti-slip mats?
12 Enough lashing eyes in the vehicle cargo floor
and are they accessible?
13 Lashing carried out in accordance with
Technical Instruction?
14 Straps running in a straight line to the vehicle
cargo floor (no diversion caused by obstructing/
deformable module components)?
15 Straps clear (no danger of chafing), if not:
chafing protection fitted?
16 Straps tensioned crosswise to maximum manual
force (SHT value)?
SprungMarke!!!8458608011
17 Transport approval given?

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Kecht S. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: 29/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 16 / 16
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................................... 3
2 Purpose ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
3 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... 3
4 Site documentation .................................................................................................................................. 3
5 Potentially explosive atmospheres........................................................................................................ 3
6 EMERGENCY STOP ..................................................................................................................................... 4
7 Minimum clearance around unit............................................................................................................ 4
8 Gas and smoke alarm system ................................................................................................................ 9
9 Fuel gas..................................................................................................................................................... 10
9.1 General ......................................................................................................................................................................... 10
9.2 Function lines in the fuel-gas system ............................................................................................................ 11
9.3 Condensate removal in the fuel-gas system.............................................................................................. 13
9.4 Minimum methane number................................................................................................................................ 14
10 Intake air .................................................................................................................................................. 15
10.1 General ......................................................................................................................................................................... 15
10.2 Condition of the intake air................................................................................................................................... 15
10.3 Air quality..................................................................................................................................................................... 15
10.4 Basis of ventilation design................................................................................................................................... 16
10.4.1 Temperatures 16
10.4.2 Pressurisation of engine room 17
10.4.3 Required air flow rate 18
10.4.4 Air recirculation 19
10.4.5 Air flow distribution and engine component temperatures 19
10.4.6 Noise reduction 20
10.5 Operation and control of engine room ventilation system.................................................................. 20
10.6 Design guidelines for the ventilation system ............................................................................................. 20
10.7 Cooling air for switchgear cabinets................................................................................................................ 23
11 Cooling water .......................................................................................................................................... 23
11.1 General ......................................................................................................................................................................... 23
11.2 Cooling water quality............................................................................................................................................. 24
11.3 Engine cooling circuit for JMS MODULES ..................................................................................................... 24
11.4 High-temperature circuit..................................................................................................................................... 25
11.5 Low temperature circuit (2nd stage mixture cooler) .............................................................................. 25
11.6 Exhaust gas heat exchanger ............................................................................................................................. 25
11.7 Cooling circuit operation...................................................................................................................................... 26
12 Lubricating oil.......................................................................................................................................... 26
13 Exhaust gas.............................................................................................................................................. 26
14 Electrical conditions ............................................................................................................................... 27
14.1 Electrical mains connection points ................................................................................................................. 27
14.2 Customer switchgear ............................................................................................................................................ 28
14.3 Generator circuit breaker .................................................................................................................................... 28
14.4 Module control panel............................................................................................................................................. 28
14.5 Power supply for auxiliaries................................................................................................................................ 29
15 Operation and maintenance................................................................................................................. 29
15.1 Safety regulations ................................................................................................................................................... 29
15.2 Minimum operation time ..................................................................................................................................... 30
15.3 Idling mode................................................................................................................................................................. 30
15.4 Partial load operation............................................................................................................................................ 30
15.5 Isolated operation ................................................................................................................................................... 30
15.6 Daily inspection ........................................................................................................................................................ 30
15.7 Inspection and maintenance............................................................................................................................. 30
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 1/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

15.8 Work on the container roof ................................................................................................................................ 31

16 Piping, thermal insulation and expansion joints............................................................................... 32
16.1 General design.......................................................................................................................................................... 32
16.2 Mechanical CONNECTION POINTS................................................................................................................... 32
16.3 Equipotential bonding ........................................................................................................................................... 32
16.4 Thermal insulation .................................................................................................................................................. 33

NOTICE
Observance of the conditions of this Technical Instruction and performance of the
activities described therein is the basis of safe and efficient plant operation.
Non-observance of the conditions of this Technical Instruction and/or non-performance of the
prescribed activities or any departure from the prescribed activities may result in the loss of
guarantee rights.
The activities and conditions defined in this Technical Instruction shall be performed and/or
observed by the plant operator. This shall not apply if this Technical Instruction is expressly
allocated to the area of responsibility of GE Jenbacher or a contractual agreement between the
operator and GE Jenbacherprovides for a different arrangement.

List of Abbreviations
JMS Jenbacher Module Set
JGC Jenbacher Generator Container
JMC GE Jenbacher Module Container
P&ID Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
PPE Personal Protective Equipment:
TI, TA Technical Instruction
TCA Turbo Charger and Auxiliaries

Glossary
CONNECTION POINT Terminal point where an interface is established with the customer system,
i.e. a piping flange or after an expansion bellow, electrical terminals, etc.
CUSTOMER Individual or entity with whom a GE Jenbacher supply / service contract is
signed.
ENGINE ROOM Any type of enclosure where a unit is installed, e.g. building, sound
enclosures, etc.
INTERFACE LIST Interface list of specific offer/order
HEAVY LOADS Loads weighing over 25 kg.
MODULE Engine, generator and TCA; includes everything that is mounted by GE
Jenbacher on the engine frame.
TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION Technical information and description of a defined scope and purpose of GE
Jenbacher products.
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Technical description of specific offer/order “TS_xxxxx”
TECHNICAL DIAGRAM Plant and Engine piping and instrumentation diagram of specific offer/order.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF Technical specification of control system for specific offer/order.
CONTROL SYSTEM
ZONE NE Hazardous area of negligible extent.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 2 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

1 Scope
This Technical Instruction applies to all GE Jenbacher modules and special products until such time as an
updated version of this document is issued.

2 Purpose
This TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION (TA) provides basic information about the installation of GE Jenbacher MODULES
and describes the boundary conditions required for their safe and efficient operation.

3 Introduction
The instructions within this TA are to be deemed as minimum technical requirements and do not cover any
local specific laws, regulations or guidelines.
Some design specifications outlined in this TA (e.g. minimum clearance data) are not applicable to
containerised versions of GE Jenbacher products (JMC and JGC).
The limit levels for harmful emissions guaranteed in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION are only valid for the load
range stated within ⇨ 15. Operation and maintenance [⇨ Page 29].

4 Site documentation
GE Jenbacher modules are modified to meet customers' specific needs and requirements. As a result of
individual and supplementary agreements, the site documentation may contain divergent information. In such
cases, GE Jenbacher must be contacted. However, certain parameters can be prioritised in advance.
The documents below have priority:
▪ for Technical Data: TECHNICAL DIAGRAM
▪ for Electrical Parameters: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM

5 Potentially explosive atmospheres

GE Jenbacher gas engines and products (including containerised versions) shall not be operated in zones 2, 1
or 0 (under IEC 60079-10-1:2008).
The CUSTOMER is responsible for ensuring that a ZONE NE (under IEC 60079-10-1:2008) is observed throughout
the entire period of operation (including engine starts and shut-downs) with adequate measures, e.g. forced-
draft (positive pressure) of the ENGINE ROOM
Proper ventilation of the ENGINE ROOM is essential to guarantee the safety of GE Jenbacher applications.
Therefore an engine start-up and operation is only permitted when a signal is sent in accordance with the
INTERFACE LIST to the GE Jenbacher control system, reporting that the ventilation system is working without
any issues (excluding black start situations).
Gas venting lines shall be planned and routed as described in ⇨ 9. Fuel gas [⇨ Page 10].
Minor leaks of both the pressurised gas and the gas-air-mixture paths on the engine have to be considered
when the explosion safety concept of the plant is established. The minimum recommended air changes to
ensure a ZONE NE in accordance with IEC 60079-10-1:2008 are as stated in ⇨ 10. Intake air [⇨ Page 15].
The fuel gas supply path, the main gas train and the pre-chamber gas train excluding the gas proportioning
valve (P.01-YCI-103) are considered permanently technically sealed under TRBS - Technical rules for safe
operation - 2152/1 Consequently, they do not create potentially explosive atmospheres. The optional pre-
chamber and main gas compressors cannot be considered permanently technically sealed under TRBS 2152/1.
The connection between the gas train and MODULE connection D “Fuel gas inlet“ and T “Fuel gas inlet (pre-
combustion chamber gas supply line)“ (refer to applicable TECHNICAL DIAGRAM), shall be designed to be
permanently technically sealed under TRBS 2152/1.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 3/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

6 EMERGENCY STOP
GE Jenbacher MODULES are equipped with manually operated EMERGENCY STOP buttons. The CUSTOMER shall
install additional emergency stop buttons in accordance with the information below:
1. Stationary engine
GE Jenbacher CUSTOMER
• 1 (one) emergency stop button on the module • Emergency stop button(s) inside and outside the
control panel ENGINE ROOM, hard-wired connected to the GE
• 1 (one) emergency stop button on the module Jenbacher control panel
interface panel • Quantity and positioning according to the
CUSTOMER’s risk assessment and local requirements

2. Container
GE Jenbacher CUSTOMER
• 1 (one) emergency stop button on the module • Emergency stop button(s) inside and outside the
control panel container, hard-wired connected to the GE
• 1 (one) emergency stop button on the module Jenbacher control panel
interface panel • Quantity and positioning according to CUSTOMER’s
• Emergency stop button in the container risk assessment and local requirements

The emergency stop buttons shall comply with the requirements of ISO 13850 and IEC 60947-5-5.
When the emergency stop button is actuated, the engine receives the emergency shutdown signal.

7 Minimum clearance around unit

The clearance around the MODULE assembly shall be determined by serviceability and emergency escape
route requirements.
The minimum clearance for maintenance work as detailed below shall be applied in the planning of the ENGINE
ROOM.
In the ENGINE ROOM a crane as detailed below shall be installed. The following minimum operability
requirements shall be applied for the crane:
▪ able to work with the specified loads (W);
▪ when installing equipment inside the engine room, the crane must be allowed to operate unobstructed
over the entire travel distance;
▪ minimum clearances must be observed over the entire travel distance (Y) , taking account of the crane
hook (C);
▪ able to access all heavy components, e.g. cylinder heads, turbo chargers and intercoolers;
▪ provision of a lay-down area to remove heavy components from the ENGINE ROOM.
The cranes in any ENGINE ROOM in which GE Jenbacher personnel work shall be inspected annually by an
authorised party, this being confirmed by valid inspection certificates.

ATTENTION
Removing the generator
It must be possible to remove the generator from the ENGINE ROOM. The minimum crane loads
(W) stated below do not include the generator.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 4 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

The stated minimum clearances (A, B, C, D and E) are the distances that have to be left around the MODULE in
order to allow installation, commissioning and maintenance work. This can include the removal of specific
heavy components, performed safely and according to the applicable regulations The minimum clearances
shall be measured from nearest point on the MODULE to to any obstacles, e.g. walls, plant piping, cabinets, etc.
The engine room components, equipment and piping shall be arranged in such a way that they do not obstruct
escape routes and exits or prevent staff from evacuating the premises. For this reason, special attention should
be paid to the electrical cabinets. Refer to applicable standards, e.g. IEC60634-7-729 and applicable local
regulations.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 5/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

Minimum clearance around the MODULE without TCA

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 6 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.

Minimum clearance around the MODULE with TCA

Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

① TCA Y Minimum travel distance for crane along

the module width
② Engine
③ Generator
A Distance from back of assembly D Lateral distance
B Distance from front of assembly E Lateral distance
C Distance from crane hook W Crane - minimum load

Engine A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] D [mm] E [mm] W [kg] Y [mm]

Type 2 1,000 1,000 1,200 1,000 1,000 150 (1)
Type 3 1,000 1,000 1,200 1,000 1,000 500 1,600
Type 4 1,000 1,000 1,200 1,000 1,000 500 1,600
Type 6 E/F 1,500 1,000 1,500 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,600
Type 624 1,500 1,000 1,500 1,000 1,000 1,000 2,500
Type 9 (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) 2,000 (2)
(1) An overhead crane (trolley) with rails above the cylinder heads is recommended.
(2) For minimum clearances for type 9 engines, see the MODULE DRAWINGS.
Additional room shall also be provided for the temporary storage, repair and overhaul of components.
Where other equipment has been installed in the ENGINE ROOM, such as an oxidation catalyst or exhaust gas
heat exchanger, additional clearances to perform maintenance work shall also be applied in accordance with
maintenance instructions, applicable standards and regulations.
In addition to the minimum clearance around the MODULE for maintenance work, all requirements relating to
emergency escape routes shall be applied in accordance with all applicable codes, standards, directives and
the plant safety risk assessment. For this purpose, the recommended standard to be followed is EN ISO 14122.
If a medium voltage generator is to be installed, a junction box (containing the surge protection to the
generator) can be installed beside the generator, within the minimum clearance around the MODULE. Access to
the generator and the surrounding area and maintenance work shall be possible at all times. The junction box
and respective cable and cable trays shall not create an obstruction to the maintenance of the MODULE or
block escape routes.
The service clearance for multiple-engine systems should be designed to allow maintenance of one unit at a
time, i.e. it is acceptable to consider only one time the clearance between MODULES (D,E) when integrating
multiple MODULES.
Any specified minimum clearance that cannot be maintained inside the ENGINE ROOM shall be accessible
through openings in the walls or roof.
As a minimum, the openings shall correspond to the areas ④ and ⑤ in the illustration below to permit
maintenance work to be carried out on the engine and disassembled parts to be fitted or removed.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 7/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

Openings for MODULES without TCA

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 8 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

Openings for MODULES with TCA

① TCA ④ Lateral openings in the walls
② Engine ⑤ Roof opening
③ Generator

8 Gas and smoke alarm system

WARNING
Installing a gas and smoke alarm system
In order to guarantee the safe operation of GE Jenbacher modules, GE Jenbacher requires the
installation of a gas and smoke detection system with audible signal (alarm horn)

The objectives are as described below:

▪ The installation of the fuel gas sensors is intended to prevent explosive atmospheres from forming when
the engine is stopped and ventilation is not in operation (except for recirculation).
▪ Smoke sensors are intended to detect fire events.
▪ CO gas sensors are intended to prevent staff from being poisoned or asphyxiated.
It is the responsibility of the CUSTOMER to install a gas and smoke alarm system in the ENGINE ROOM that
satisfies the requirements of applicable laws, regulations, standards and the plant safety plan.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 9/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

The exact number and location of gas and smoke sensors shall be determined by the results of the
CUSTOMER's risk assessment. The following minimum requirements for the number and location of fuel gas
sensors shall be adhered to:

Fuel gas type

Natural gas
▪ at least one sensor per MODULE installed,
▪ one sensor shall be positioned above the gas train.
Non-natural gas:
▪ at least two sensors per MODULE installed,
▪ installed in an appropriate location at the vicinity of the gas train (several factors shall be considered e.g.
gas density and gas behaviour at ambient temperature, ventilation design, etc.).
For all fuel gases, if a pre-chamber gas compressor is installed, an additional dedicated gas sensor shall be
included.
The fuel gas sensors shall be designed for the gas-specific components (observed toxicity)! Record the results
of the gas analysis.

WARNING
Gas composition
Additional gas sensors shall be installed, depending on the gas composition and the toxicity of
the gas components. Special gases as defined in TA 1000-0302 require special attention.

Where the fuel gas contains CO (carbon monoxide) and criterion 1, 2 or 3 has been met:
1. the gas contains no odourants and the CO content of the fuel gas is >0%;
2. the gas contains an odourant and the CO content of the fuel gas is >0.5%;
3. in areas where people circulate, particularly hazardous areas (in the vicinity of gas-carrying components);
the following minimum requirements for the CO gas sensors (number and location) shall be adhered to:
▪ at least two sensors per engine installed
▪ installed at a height between 1.5 m and 1.7 m
Specific gas sensors are mandatory for systems operating on special gases as defined in TA 1000-0302.
The location, number and type of suitable smoke sensors shall be defined in accordance with layout, ventilation
design and specific requirements from the safety risk assessment.
See also TA 2300-0005:

9 Fuel gas

9.1 General
The fuel gas system of GE Jenbacher engines is always designed on a project-specific basis to enable optimal
engine operation. The plant is designed according to the gas type, engine type, gas pressure and country-
specific standards.
The main criterion for dimensioning the gas train(s) is the gas pressure at the CONNECTION POINT. It is the
CUSTOMER's responsibility to observe the agreed limit values at the CONNECTION POINTS as specified in the
TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and/or TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION at all times.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 10 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

WARNING
Explosive mixture
The fuel gas provided by the CUSTOMER shall not be ignitable.

WARNING
Stop valve
According to good engineering practice a suitable stop valve (manual or automatic) must be
placed outside the ENGINE ROOM. The applicable standards, local technical and statutory
regulations and installation instructions shall be taken into account in the location and design of
this valve. The recommended location of the valve is at the point where the gas pipes enter the
ENGINE ROOM. This means that the fuel gas supply to the plant can be cut off during repairs and
maintenance operations and the valve can also be actuated in case of emergencies. The
selected valve shall be provided with a suitable lockout device (LOTO), to prevent it from being
opened by unauthorised persons.

WARNING
Protection against weather effects
The gas pressure control system must be installed in the engine room or an enclosure that
provides protection against environmental and weather effects, especially corrosion, rain, icing,
humidity, UV radiation, poisonous or corrosive substances and harmful insects. A temperature
range from +5°C to +45°C must be maintained.

WARNING
CO content of fuel gas
If the CO content of the fuel gas is > 0.5%, a nitrogen flushing system shall be installed.

It is the CUSTOMER's responsibility to ensure that the fuel gas system is equipped with the necessary safety and
monitoring devices, does not leak and satisfies official requirements.

9.2 Function lines in the fuel-gas system

Function lines are defined in DVGW G 491 as controller purge lines, vent lines from the leak tester and blow-off
lines from safety valves that have to be vented to atmosphere from the ENGINE ROOM. Purge, vent and blow-
off lines shall not be run into a common manifold. Function lines of the same kind may only be grouped
together if this does not adversely affect the operation of the individual items of equipment (follow the
manufacturers' instructions). The function line diameters shall be dimensioned in compliance with local
conditions and as a function of the pressure loss (piping, bends, etc.).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 11/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

WARNING
Function lines
Function lines are not included in the GE Jenbacher scope of supply.
The installation of a permanently technically leakproof and well-made function line (e.g. to
TRBS2152, Part 2) is the responsibility of the CUSTOMER.

WARNING
Escaping gases
Gas escapes from around the outlet area of the function lines!

The escaping gases shall be conducted away safely. The function line outlets shall be situated at a safe
distance from ignition sources and protected against the ingress of foreign matter (e.g. rain, pests) that could
cause a blockage or adversely affect the operation of the equipment.
The areas around the function line outlets shall be evaluated and designed in accordance with current local
explosion protection and industrial safety regulations (e.g. 94/9/EG, IEC 60079, EN 1127-1).

Example of a high-pressure gas train (inlet gas pressure exceeding 499 mbar)
① High-pressure controller
② Safety blow-off valve
③ Safety shut-off valve
④ Function lines

The CONNECTION POINTS to which function lines should be attached are indicated in the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM.

Symbol used in the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM (as shown in E16287 - Key to the technical diagram and the module
views).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 12 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

9.3 Condensate removal in the fuel-gas system

Cooling of gases in the fuel gas system can cause condensation, resulting in the accumulation of liquid. The
condensate shall be drained from the gas system under gas-tight conditions and disposed of in accordance
with its composition and local regulations (e.g. surface-water protection regulations, explosion protection).
The planning and construction of a gas-tight and well-made condensate drain line is the responsibility of the
CUSTOMER and shall comply with all local regulations regarding explosion protection and industrial safety. In
addition, the danger of freezing should be taken into account when draining condensate to atmosphere.

NOTICE
Gas-tight version of condensate drain line
Not all commercially available condensate drain lines are permanently gas-tight, and some lines
may leak due to dirt or vibration in the course of operation.
The suitability for use as a gas-tight condensate drain line for fuel gases and the conditions for
securing permanent gas-tightness must be expressly confirmed by the manufacturer/supplier
and observed accordingly.

Gases dissolved in the condensate may be liberated around the condensate drain as a result of pressure
release, which can lead to the formation of an explosive atmosphere in the condensate drain line.
The condensate drain line should have a direct vent to atmosphere.
The outlet of the condensate drain lines and the areas around the vent points shall be evaluated and designed
in accordance with current local explosion protection and industrial safety regulations (e.g. 94/9/EC, IEC 60079,
EN 1127-1). The arrangement of the condensate drain lines should also be inspected and approved by the site
safety officer and taken into account when drawing up the plant safety plan.
The schematic diagram below shows the principle of operation of the condensate drain, with a vent point to
atmosphere.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 13/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

U
4
3

6
Condensate drain for the fuel gas system
① Fuel gas + condensate source
② Vent point
③ Immediate environment
④ Gas-tight condensate discharge valve
⑤ Water trap
⑥ Condensate disposal

9.4 Minimum methane number

If the contractually agreed minimum methane number (refer to the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION) is not reached,
the engine control system will automatically take the following steps to achieve knock-free operation and/or to
prevent knock damage:
▪ reduce the mixture temperature (if a controller has been installed and the ambient conditions are
conducive)
▪ set the ignition point to a later point in time, but still within the permissible range (followed by a decrease in
efficiency)
▪ reduce the engine load as specified in ⇨ Section 15. Operation and maintenance [⇨ Page 29]
▪ if these anti-knock measures prove to be insufficient, the knock-control system will shut down the engine
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 14 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

If the methane number repeatedly falls below the minimum, please contact GE Jenbacher for a system check-
up.

10 Intake air

10.1 General
The ventilation system supplies combustion air to the engine and dissipates the heat from the MODULE
(generator, engine, TCA) and auxiliary systems.
The engine-room shall be provided with forced-draught fans, which will result in positive pressure. Different
ventilation system designs shall be reviewed in advance with GE Jenbacher and shall require a CUSTOMER site-
specific assessment.
Additional constant ventilation shall be provided around the MODULE and auxiliary systems to prevent the
formation of potentially explosive atmospheres as a result of leaks.
All MODULES are designed to operate within specific temperature ranges. If these ranges are not adhered to,
the performance, reliability and service life of the engine could be affected.
The site conditions, ambient temperature and humidity shall be taken into account when planning the
ventilation system.
The ventilation system shall meet the noise requirements in compliance with applicable local regulations and
laws. For specific noise data, refer to the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION.

10.2 Condition of the intake air

In order to avoid surge events in the turbochargers, the minimum combustion air temperature (T1) shall be
+10°C.
Engines with electrical starters are constrained by a permissible minimum ENGINE ROOM temperature of
+10°C, otherwise starting behaviour, starter motor power and starting battery capacity could be adversely
affected.

NOTICE
Preheating systems
GE Jenbacher MODULES are equipped with a cooling water preheating system. J920 systems are
equipped with an additional oil preheating system. Measures shall be taken to prevent heat
losses from the ENGINE ROOM when the preheating system is switched on.

The reference values as specified in ISO 3046 shall apply to air pressure, air intake temperature and air
humidity: 1,000 mbar, +25°C, 30% humidity. Where the above values differ from the values obtained at the
installation site, the specific engine performance will be reduced.
This corresponds to the standard constraints assumed by all engine manufacturers.
Other conditions shall be subject to agreement by GE Jenbacher. By modifying the pressure-charging system, it
will be possible to operate the system at full load even at higher intake temperatures. The conditions set out in
the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION shall apply.

10.3 Air quality
The quality and condition of the intake (combustion) air have a significant effect on engine performance,
reliability and durability.
The intake air at the ENGINE ROOM (downstream ventilation intake filter) must not exceed the following limits:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 15/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

Dust Type 2 to 6: purity class G3 as specified in EN779

J920: purity class M6 as specified in EN779 (formerly F6)
Humidity Generator cooling < 90% rel
Total sulphur < 1.0 mg/Nm³
Ammonia < 0.5 mg/Nm³
The combustion air is normally extracted from the ENGINE ROOM. To maintain the quality of the intake air
downstream of the air filter, the ENGINE ROOM cladding surfaces must be free of loose dust and fibres.
If systems containing refrigerants are installed in the ENGINE ROOM, the combustion air must be extracted
from outside the ENGINE ROOM. See also EN378-3.

WARNING
Intake air
The intake air shall not contain any flammable components.

10.4 Basis of ventilation design

The ventilation system shall be designed in accordance with the requirements outlined below.

10.4.1 Temperatures
The temperatures for ventilation design are specified as follows:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 16 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

T1 – combustion/generator cooling air temperature

T2 – max. ENGINE ROOM temperature at outlet
T3 - ambient/intake temperature

10.4.2 Pressurisation of engine room

The ventilation system shall be designed to ensure that air in the ENGINE ROOM is pressurised, providing
positive pressure in the range 0.1 mbar < p < 0.5 mbar.
The effect of this positive pressure is that when the engine is at rest, particularly in multiple-engine systems,
there is always a defined air flow direction through the MODULE towards the exhaust chimney and no acidic
exhaust gas can be aspirated by the engine. This avoids corrosion and, in the event of a false start (which can
never be entirely ruled out), prevents unburned mixture from flowing back to the engine.
If the ENGINE ROOM has negative pressure, e.g. as in greenhouse applications, precautions shall be taken to
ensure that no exhaust from the exhaust gas system flows into the ENGINE ROOM. A safety risk assessment
shall be conducted on the operation of the ENGINE ROOM at negative pressure.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 17/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

10.4.3 Required air flow rate

The required air flow rate is determined by the following design criteria:
1. The radiation heat to be dissipated to comply with the maximum permissible engine room temperature.
2. The air flow is heated between the air intake and outlet. The differential temperature (∆T) between inlet and
outlet shall not exceed 10°C.
3. The engine room temperature shall not exceed the values specified in the table below at any time or in any
place. The fact that the air flow will be heated (by up to 10°C) as the radiant heat is removed shall be taken
into account.
4. In order to maintain the required air quality and avoid gas accumulations (see Section ⇨ 5. Potentially
Explosive Atmospheres [⇨ Page 3]), the minimum air change ratio must be observed (C). The calculation of
the minimum air exchange ratio is based on the formula below and is, for all GE Jenbacher MODULES, Cmin.
= 50h-1.
The required ventilation air flow rate is the maximum of these three values and must be maintained under all
operating and boundary conditions.
The air flow rates shall be calculated on the basis of the minimum values from the table below. The radiant
heat (Qst) is as stated in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION.
Engine type Max. engine-room temperature (T2 max)
Type 2 engine 47°C
Type 3 engine 47°C
Type 4 engine 45°C
Type 6 engine 47°C
Type 9 engine 47°C
The minimum air exchange ratio (C) is calculated according the following formula:

(Intake air – Combustion air)

Minimum air exchange ratio (C) = ────────────────────────────
Free volume in the room

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 18 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

✲ Combustion air
① Intake air – Combustion air ② Intake air
As the combustion air is usually drawn from the ENGINE ROOM, the combustion air demand (Vl) as stated in the
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION shall be added to the design flow rate of the ventilation inlet system.

10.4.4 Air recirculation
Controlled air recirculation can be applied to raise the intake air temperature to meet combustion air and
ENGINE ROOM temperature requirements The risk of ignitable gas accumulation inside the ENGINE ROOM by
air recirculation shall be included by the CUSTOMER in the plant explosion safety plan. See also ⇨ Section 2.
Potentially explosive atmospheres [⇨ Page 3].

10.4.5 Air flow distribution and engine component temperatures

The air flow shall be distributed in the ENGINE ROOM in order to:
▪ ensure even ventilation (i.e. to prevent unwanted gas accumulations and heat pockets).
▪ maintain the combustion air temperature as specified in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION (at engine air filter,
T1).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 19/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

▪ ensure that the surface temperatures of electrical components installed on the engine such as the ignition
system, ignition coils, ignition cable conduits, gas injection valves, knock controller and charge pressure
sensors, actuators, etc. do not exceed +70 °C. Otherwise the service life of these components will be
considerably reduced and the failure frequency will increase sharply. Damage and downtime caused by
such a situation are excluded from the warranty.
▪ ensure that the permissible temperature of the generator cooling air (T1) is not exceeded. For higher
temperatures, check whether the generator being used can be operated under the prevailing boundary
conditions.
▪ ensure that the air temperature in the vicinity of the switchgear cabinets mounted on the MODULE shall
not exceed +47°C. The switchgear cabinets are equipped with natural or forced draught ventilation,
depending on their internal thermal loads. If the ventilation design does not guarantee these values
(maximum ambient temperature at switchgear cabinets as stated in the above table), additional air-
conditioning units are available for the switchgear cabinets. GE Jenbacher can provide cooling system
designs that permit engine-room temperatures of ≤ 53 °C near the switch cabinets in special cases.
▪ It is the CUSTOMER's responsibility to ensure the necessary boundary conditions (T2 ≤ T2max).
▪ For type J920 engines, measures shall be taken to ensure that the temperature differential between the left
and right air intakes is less than 5°C.

10.4.6 Noise reduction
The air intake and outlet of the engine room ventilation system shall be fitted with suitable sound attenuation
components (silencers).

10.5 Operation and control of engine room ventilation system

A temperature sensor shall be positioned in front of the ventilation outlet to monitor the ENGINE ROOM
temperature (T2).

WARNING
Deflagrations
In order to prevent false starts and deflagrations of flammable gas accumulations, the
ventilation system shall be activated when requested by the module control panel via a specific
output contact (refer to INTERFACE LIST). This creates the controlled boundary conditions
required for the start-up and acceleration phase.

WARNING
Start-up conditions
The ventilation status (on/off) shall not be changed the during the start-up/synchronisation
phase. Any change in ENGINE ROOM pressure can influence the pre-pressure/zero pressure
controller and affect the speed stability, starting behaviour and synchronisation time of the
MODULE.

10.6 Design guidelines for the ventilation system

Generally, the incoming air should be drawn in at the generator end (refer to drawing below). This air is
intended to flow through the complete power set – generator, engine and turbocharger – in order to minimise
the impact of the thermal loads. Splitters or guides should directly feed the generator air inlet (suction) due
to high cooling air demand. In the case of type 6 and type 9 engines, the ventilation should be designed to
minimise temperature differences at the air inlets on Bank A and Bank B.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 20 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

Type 2, 3, 4 and 6 engines without TCA

G Generator M Engine
✲ Combustion air
① Intake air ② Discharged air

Guide values for air distribution

Type 2, 3, 4 and Half of the air required should be driven to the generator (G).
6 engines The other half should be driven to the combustion air intake (*) and the engine (M).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 21/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

Type 624 engines

G Generator M Engine
T TCA
✲ Combustion air
① Intake air ② Discharged air

Guide values for air distribution

Type 624 Half of the air required should be driven to the generator (G).
engines The other half should be driven to the combustion air intake (*), the engine (M) and TCA (T).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 22 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

Type 9 engines
G Generator M Engine
T TCA
✲ Combustion air
① Intake air ② Discharged air

Guide values for air distribution

Type 9 engines The air required should be divided equally for the TCA side (3) and generator side (1).
The required combustion air (*) shall be added to the air at the TCA side (3).

10.7 Cooling air for switchgear cabinets

Switchgear cabinets such as the module control cabinet (DIANE), power cubicles, station control cubicles, etc.
not mounted on the MODULE are intended for installation in a separate electrical switchgear room (⇨ Section
14. Electrical conditions [⇨ Page 27]).
The maximum permissible ambient temperature for these cabinets is 40°C.

11 Cooling water

11.1 General
The CONNECTION POINTS of the cooling cycle are represented in the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM The integration into
the heating/cooling system and the operating conditions shall be in accordance with the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 23/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

The water return temperature must not exceed or drop below the specified figure, and the minimum flow rate
must be maintained. Deviations in the cooling water return temperature and water flow rate can cause a
shutdown of the MODULE. An additional emergency cooling circuit shall be installed if the heat cannot be
dissipated through the heating system.
The cooling circuit control system must be able to cope with a load change of up to 1% of rated power per
second. More rapid changes, or sudden reductions in cooling performance after trips caused by faults, can be
expected if the engine is running in island mode (as per TI 2108 0031).
We advise the installation of a thermostatic control to achieve a constant return temperature at the intake of
the MODULE.
The three-way directional control valve and temperature measuring point must be positioned as near to the
engine as possible in order to prevent dead times. GE Jenbacher recommends using a PID controller in the
cooling water circuit and regulating the mixture temperature by means of a controller integrated in the module
control system.

WARNING
Liquid discharge at high pressure
The outlets from safety valves must be routed so that persons cannot be injured by the media
discharged when the safety valve is opened.

11.2 Cooling water quality

The cooling water quality shall comply with the following TECHNICAL INSTRUCTION.
Quality of cooling water in closed circuits 1000-0200
Anti-freeze products and testing the coolant 1000-0201
Corrosion protection products for cooling water for GE Jenbacher engines and testing the 1000-0204
coolant
Quality of circuit water in hot water and warm water heating systems 1000-0206
Quality of cooling water in open cooling circuits (optional) 1000-0208

The concentration of antifreeze shall be as specified in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION. The product-specific
minimum concentration requirements shall be observed.

WARNING
Antifreeze
The CUSTOMER shall specify the anti-freeze protection to take account of the local minimum
ambient temperature. The minimum concentration specified in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
shall be observed in all cases.

GE Jenbacher recommends the installation of a dirt trap with mesh size ≤0.25 mm in the return water line to
the MODULE when a direct connection is made with the CUSTOMER's heating system or extensive cooling
systems.

11.3 Engine cooling circuit for JMS MODULES

The engine cooling water circuit is designated as E.04 (⇨ E16287 - Key to the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and the
module views).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 24 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

The pressure in the cooling water circuit shall comply with the limit values shown in the applicable TECHNICAL
DIAGRAM. These limit values are defined as the operating pressure for a fully heated cooling system. The
cooling water pressure shall be adjusted at the pressure regulator valve in accordance with the TECHNICAL
DIAGRAM.

11.4 High-temperature circuit
The high-temperature circuit is designated as E.06 with the CONNECTION POINTS A “Hot water inlet” and B “Hot
water outlet” (⇨ E16287 - Key to the Technical Diagram and the module views).
Appropriate measures shall be taken to ensure that the maximum pressure stated in the TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION/TECHNICAL DIAGRAM is not exceeded, e.g. by installing safety valves
At the CONNECTION POINT, the cooling water inlet temperature (return water temperature) and pressure, flow
and content of antifreeze shall comply with the limit values stated in the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and/or the
relevant TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION. In the event of discrepancies between the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION, the values in the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM shall prevail.
The permissible temperature deviation at the water inlet from the CUSTOMER (CONNECTION POINT A “Hot
water inlet”) is: +0/-5°C and is specified in the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM.
The permissible rate of change in the water inlet temperature shall not exceed 10°C per minute.
The pressure loss in the high-temperature circuit between CONNECTION POINTS A and B shall be as specified in
the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM.

11.5 Low temperature circuit (2nd stage mixture cooler)

The low-temperature circuit is designated as E.07 with CONNECTION POINTS M “Water inlet” and N “Water
outlet mixture/water heat exchanger stage 2”, (⇨ E16287 - Key to the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and the module
views).
Appropriate measures shall be taken to ensure that the maximum pressure stated in the TECHNICAL
DESCRIPTION/TECHNICAL DIAGRAM is not exceeded, e.g. by installing safety valves
At the CONNECTION POINT, the cooling water inlet temperature (return water temperature) and pressure, flow
and content of antifreeze shall comply with the limit values stated in the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and/or the
relevant TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION. In the event of discrepancies between the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION, the values in the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM shall prevail.
GE Jenbacher recommends installing a thermostatic control to achieve a constant return temperature at the
MODULE intake. The cooling water temperature deviation shall not exceed ±2 °C.

ATTENTION
Cooling water temperature
If the cooling water temperature falls below the limit values, this can cause condensation in the
mixture cooler, resulting in fouling and corrosion of the heat exchanger.

The pressure loss in the low-temperature circuit between CONNECTION POINTS M and N shall be as specified in
the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM.

11.6 Exhaust gas heat exchanger

When using an exhaust gas heat exchanger, the minimum pressure requirements for the heating circuit shall
comply with TA 1000-0206.
In the event of discrepancies between the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and TA 1000-0206, the higher pressures shall
prevail.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 25/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

ATTENTION
Minimum flow rate
The minimum flow rate of the cooling water through the exhaust gas heat exchanger shall be
maintained irrespective of whether the heat exchanger is in operation or bypassed. This ensures
that heat from minor exhaust gas leaks in the exhaust flap is dissipated.

11.7 Cooling circuit operation

The external cooling water circuit shall remain in operation for at least 5 minutes after engine stop to ensure
continued cooling.

12 Lubricating oil
It is recommended to locate the oil tanks inside the building or ENGINE ROOM to prevent condensation. If
outside, the oil tanks and distribution lines should be heated in order to allow the oil to flow properly.
The lubricating oil shall be selected in accordance with the following TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONS:
Lubricating oil for GE Jenbacher type 9 engines 1000-1108
Lubricating oil for type 2, 3, 4 and 6 GE Jenbacher engines 1000-1109

Oil change in accordance with the following TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONS:

Approval procedure for various engine oils 1000-0099A
Limit values for used oil on GE Jenbacher gas engines 1000-0099B
Procedure for testing plant-specific oil service life 1000-0099C
Determining the initial pH value (ipH) for waste lube oil as defined in TI 1000-0099B 1000-0099D

ATTENTION
Incorrect diagnoses possible due to the presence of copper!
Copper has a major oxidising effect on lubricating oil, especially at high temperatures, and
accelerates its ageing. An increased copper content in oil leads to incorrect diagnoses.
a) Pure copper shall not be used as a material for oil piping to the engine or valves or other
fittings.
b) Use copper-nickel alloys with a nickel content of ≥ 10 %. These alloys can also be used
instead of the steel piping normally used.

13 Exhaust gas
CONNECTION POINT C "Exhaust gas outlet" (⇨ E16287 - Key to the TECHNICAL DIAGRAM and the module views).
The exhaust gas system comprises all piping, components and equipment from the MODULE exhaust gas
outlet up to the exhaust chimney outlet. The maximum permissible exhaust back pressure of the system is as
specified in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION.
Each component must be suitable for use as part of a reciprocating engine exhaust gas system (“exhaust
system”) and must be able to withstand occasional transient pressure peaks that can be reasonably expected
in such an exhaust system in case of an ignition of unburned mixture (Deflagration).
The maximum peak pressure to be expected in the exhaust system depends on a number of factors including,
but not limited to: gas type, mixture volume, Lambda value, system geometry, temperature etc. and cannot be
stated as a general value.
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 26 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

The design of the exhaust system (including layout of the silencer, exhaust gas heat exchanger, compensators
etc.) should only be carried out by a competent specialist with know-how and experience in the layout of such
systems, including the selection of suitable wall strengths and supports.
Safety Aspects
A safety risk assessment meeting the requirements of ISO 12100:2010 must be conducted for the exhaust
system and for each component comprising the exhaust system. As far as reasonably practicable, the risks
identified shall be adequately mitigated in the design and construction of the exhaust system. Any residual
risks shall be considered in the risk assessment of the overall installation.
Where a pressure relief arrangement is required, this should be designed only by a specialist.

Further Considerations
Further points which must be taken into consideration for the exhaust system include, but are not limited to:
Fast changes of flow velocity inside the exhaust duct can result in underpressure up to 200 mbar.
Chimneys shall conform to EN 13084.
The condensate from the heat-recovery boilers, silencers, exhaust manifold, etc. should be collected and
disposed of in accordance with local laws and guidelines.
Condensate lines should not be interconnected.

In the case of multi-engine systems, the exhaust gas systems may only be combined when:
▪ a double shut-off valve with intermediate ventilation is installed for each MODULE
▪ continuous underpressure exists (e.g. a continuous flow in the chimney) at the point where the systems are
combined.
The exhaust system shall be insulated externally for safety and acoustic reasons and to extend the service life
of the exhaust components by preventing condensate formation and thermal stress (see ⇨ Section 16. Piping,
thermal insulation and expansion joints [⇨ Page 32]).
For special gas applications as described in TA 1000-0302, pressure relief valves shall be installed in the
exhaust gas system. The design, location, dimension and flame trap of the pressure relief valve shall be
specified on the basis of the exhaust gas system concerned.

14 Electrical conditions

14.1 Electrical mains connection points

Nominal mains voltage change: +/-10% of rated voltage*)
Max. permissible transient mains voltage changes: +/-19% of rated voltage*)
Nominal mains frequency deviation: max. +/- 2%
Minimum duration of micro interruptions (AWE): 200 ms**)
Make time of the synchronizing switch: 70 ms
Break time of the circuit breaker: 60 ms

*) The specified ranges relate to default voltages in accordance with IEC 60038/EN 50160. In the case of
countries with 415/240V, a maximum voltage tolerance of +6% applies because the related default voltage is
400/230V +/-10%.
**) Unless specific requirements are specified in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION, e.g. grid code requirements.
Transient overvoltage deflectors shall be installed to prevent external overvoltages from damaging the system.
The overvoltage protection at the mains voltage supply location is governed by the following standards:
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 27/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

Rated voltage ≤ 1000V: IEC 60364-4-44 overvoltage category II, Table 44.B;
Rated voltage > 1000V: EN/IEC 60099-5

WARNING
Overvoltage
It is essential to provide an additional overvoltage deflector to protect the generator. It is the
CUSTOMER's responsibility to assess overvoltage risks and plan suitable protective devices. For
details, see TI 1100-0112.

WARNING
Short circuit
The customer must confirm that the electrical distribution system and cables have been secured
to withstand short circuits. The short circuit current determined (e.g. in accordance with IEC
60909-0) must not exceed the maximum permissible current of the electrical distribution system.

14.2 Customer switchgear
CUSTOMER switchgear shall comply with the following standards:
Rated voltages ≤ 1 kV: IEC 60439-1, IEC 60204-1, ISO 8528-4
Rated voltages > 1 kV: IEC 62271-200, IEC 60204-11, ISO 8528-4, metal enclosed and capable of withstanding
an internal arc fault and clearly marked to distinguish it from LV equipment.

14.3 Generator circuit breaker

Apart from the normal closing and shunt trip opening coils, the generator circuit breaker shall also be fitted
with a DC voltage under-voltage trip coil. This coil disconnects the generator CB in case of loss of control
voltage or wire breakage.

14.4 Module control panel

The module control panel consists of a completely enclosed floor-mounted sheet steel cubicle with front door
wired to terminals. The panel shall be supplied by GE Jenbacher, ready to operate. The cable entry is at the
bottom. Natural or forced ventilation shall be provided, depending on the design.
The module control panel shall be installed outside the ENGINE ROOM.
Design requirements for control panels are shown in the table below:
Protection level: External IP42 Internal IP20 (protection against
direct contact with live parts)
Design standards: EN 60439-1/IEC 60439-1 and ISO 8528-4
Environmental conditions: 5 - 40°C (41 - 104°F) 70% relative humidity
Standard painting requirements: Panel - RAL 7035 Pedestal - RAL 7020
Dimensions: Width ≥ 1000 mm (other dimensions available)
Height - 2000 mm + 200 mm pedestal
Depth - 600 mm

The size of the control panel depends on the auxiliaries and is subject to change.
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 28 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

The expected incoming and outgoing signals depend on the GE Jenbacher scope of supply (e.g. scope within
the MODULE).

14.5 Power supply for auxiliaries

The TN system requires an N-conductor, 3x 400/230 V, 50 Hz, 160A, max. 5x95 mm² copper wires.
Fuse at CUSTOMER side:
Operating class gG
Rated current 160A
Nominal voltage AC500V
Rated breaking capacity 120kA
Standard IEC 60269

CUSTOMER surge protection device: Type 2, EN 61643-11/Class II IEC 61643-1, up to max. 2.5kV.
The design of the power supply depends on the power consumption of the auxiliaries and is subject to change.
If voltage dip and voltage interruption requirements for the MODULE are applicable (Fault-Ride-Through,
FRT), EN 50160:2010 shall be used as a reference for selecting auxiliary components. The following
requirements are particularly relevant.
▪ Voltage dips: Performance criterion B* (EN 50160:2010, Annex B 4.2) shall be used for evaluating auxiliary
component performance for the voltage dips below:
– Residual voltage down to 5% for up to 1000ms
– Residual voltage down to 40% for up to 5000ms
▪ Voltage interruptions: Performance Criterion B* (EN 50160:2010, Annex B 4.2) shall be used for evaluating
auxiliary component performance for the voltage interruptions with a residual voltage of 0% for a duration
of 5000ms.
(*) Performance Criterion B requires that the auxiliary component shall continue to operate automatically as
intended once the voltage recovers. No change of actual operating mode or stored data is allowed. For a full
specification, also refer to EN 50160:2010.
The voltage dip and voltage interruption tests as specified above shall be exclusively used to assess the ability
of the auxiliary components to support the MODULE during a grid failure.
Further detailed information can be found in the “INTERFACE LIST” and “TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF
CONTROL” (⇨ “Electrical Hardware” and ⇨ “Generator Switchgear”), that will be generated as part of site
documentation.

15 Operation and maintenance

Maintenance shall be carried out regularly and expertly as described in the applicable documents
(maintenance plans, etc.)
Further information to assist in troubleshooting is available on the GE Jenbacher Service page, and GE
Jenbacher Service can also be contacted.

15.1 Safety regulations
The safety of people, the environment and equipment on the site shall be regarded as the top priority. GE
Jenbacher will take all necessary measures to achieve its safety objectives in line with generally accepted
safety standards. Foreseeable residual risks which are unavoidable for technical reasons shall be highlighted
and displayed on appropriate warning signs. The CUSTOMER shall be responsible for providing communication
and training to prevent residual risks.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 29/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

The CUSTOMER shall also be responsible for compliance with and integration of the safety regulations. To this
end, a risk assessment of conditions on site shall be carried out in accordance with local laws and guidelines.
It is mandatory to wear personal protective equipment (PPE) on and around the site. The CUSTOMER shall
monitor compliance with the above.

15.2 Minimum operation time

12 hours per engine start, except when commissioning, carrying out maintenance work and during emergency
power operation.
Any deviations from the above minimum operation time may increase the amount of maintenance required.

15.3 Idling mode
The idle duration is limited by the module control unit, except for maintenance and initial setting for work. The
idling period shall be kept to a minimum.

15.4 Partial load operation

You must always aim for full load operation.
The partial load limit for fuel gases is as specified in TA 1000-0300:
Type 2, 3 and 4 40% of nominal bmep as specified in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION,
engines
Type 6 engine 50% of nominal bmep as specified in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION,
Type 9 engine 40% of nominal bmep as specified in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION,

Partial load limits for special gas applications as defined in TA 1000-0302 shall be determined by GE Jenbacher
on a project-specific basis.
The emission values referred in the TECHNICAL DESCRIPTIONS are only applicable to the following loads:
▪ NOx emissions [mg/Nm³ at 5%O2-dry] or [ppm at 0%O2-dry] 50 -100% load
▪ NOx-Emissions [g/bhp_hr] 80 -100% load

15.5 Isolated operation
During isolated operation, the MODULE may be operated 6 times per year for 4 out of 24 hours at > 20% and <
40% of the rated load.

15.6 Daily inspection
The daily inspection round shall be performed in accordance with the applicable inspection and maintenance
instructions. At the same time, compliance with technical requirements and guidelines in this and other
applicable TAs should be checked on a continuous basis. The relevant engine parameter and measurement
data and the completion of maintenance work should be recorded in the maintenance log.

15.7 Inspection and maintenance

The regular inspection and maintenance of the system and system components is required to ensure the safe
and reliable operation of GE Jenbacher MODULES. The CUSTOMER shall be responsible for ensuring compliance
with the maintenance instructions set out in the maintenance plan which are applicable to the system. Details
of all work on the system shall be recorded and kept for use in the event of warranty claims.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 30 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

An additional, root cause analysis shall be performed where unscheduled maintenance work is carried out as a
result of unforeseen faults and/or damage. This is intended to prevent future failures. Details of the
maintenance work, the results of the root cause analysis and the measures taken to prevent identical or similar
failures shall be recorded and kept for use in the event of warranty claims.
Further up-to-date information to assist in troubleshooting is available on the GE Jenbacher Service page, and
the GE Jenbacher Service can also be contacted.

15.8 Work on the container roof

WARNING
Work on the container roof
Maintenance work on the container roof entails the risk of falling.
To ensure risk-free maintenance work, the container roof must be fitted with a safety railing or
scaffolding and safety steps for climbing up.
Additional requirements for wearing PPE shall be assessed and observed by the CUSTOMER.

GE Jenbacher Container products are not fitted with such fall-protection equipment as standard. Appropriate
fall-protection equipment can be ordered from GE Jenbacher.

Container fall-protection equipment

If the safety railing, scaffolding and safety steps are not ordered from GE Jenbacher, the CUSTOMER is
responsible for ensuring that corresponding safety equipment is obtained locally.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 31/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

16 Piping, thermal insulation and expansion joints

16.1 General design
The piping shall be designed according the medium type, temperature and pressure and the permissible flow
velocity. The nominal pressure, permissible pressure losses, hydraulic and static forces have to be considered
when integrating GE Jenbacher engines and auxiliaries. The piping in direct proximity to the GE Jenbacher
engines and auxiliaries shall be designed and installed in accordance with maintenance requirements. For
further information, see ⇨ Section 16.2. CONNECTION POINTS for piping [⇨ Page 32].
The expansion joints for piping shall be selected on the basis of medium, operational ranges, material
compatibility, piping arrangement, piping supports and connection types. The displacements and distance
between CONNECTION POINTS shall be in line with the expansion joint design.
Any compensation of misalignments at flanges or welding points by creating torsion, excessive compression or
offset loads on the expansion joint is not allowed. In accordance with good constructional practice, a mating
flange in the piping system shall not be welded until the expansion joint has been bolted into position.
The sealing used for the piping shall be designed to take account of the nominal pressure, size of flanges,
medium type, temperature and piping material used.
The appropriate tightening torque shall be applied to bolted connections at the MODULE flanges and brackets.
All welding shall be executed, tested and documented in accordance with local standards, regulations and
laws.
The inner surfaces of all pipes, especially welded piping, shall be cleaned before assembly.
The documentation to be prepared in relation to manufacturing, installation, testing and inspection shall
comply with applicable standards, regulations and laws.
The CUSTOMER shall ensure that the latest standards and guidelines are applied.
TA 1400-0131: Piping - shall be followed.

16.2 Mechanical CONNECTION POINTS

For the GE Jenbacher piping interface data, i.e. flange type, nominal dimensions, nominal pressure, location of
the CONNECTION POINTS, flow temperatures and materials, please refer to the applicable drawing(s),
TECHNICAL DIAGRAM(s) and TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONS.
In accordance with good engineering practice, the first pipe to be connected is the exhaust pipe behind the
turbocharger(s). Here a minimum of axial and lateral displacement of the expansion joint should be observed.
When this step has been completed, the remaining pipes can be connected. The installation of GE Jenbacher
engines has to be executed within the tolerance ranges of the CONNECTION POINTS. Please refer to the
standard tolerances specified in the engine drawing or – where no tolerances have been specified – DIN ISO
2768-1 (1991-06) – General tolerances for linear and angular dimensions.
All forces and moments resulting from pressure and flow of media in piping, static load of the piping, thermal
expansion and vibrations shall be avoided by decoupling the CONNECTION POINTS and supporting points for
GE Jenbacher piping. This statement applies to the engine(s) and all balance-of-plant equipment in the GE
Jenbacher scope of supply.

16.3 Equipotential bonding
Equipotential bonding shall be provided for all electrically conductive parts, including water, gas and exhaust
piping and components (valves, filters, etc.)
The equipotential bonding shall be provided by means of electrical connections between these parts and the
main earthing terminal. The design of the equipotential bonding shall comply with standards including
IEC60364-4-41 (refer to protective equipotential bonding) and IEC60634-5-54 (refer to types of protective
conductors.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 32 / 33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0110
Boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines

16.4 Thermal insulation
The material and design of the thermal insulation for piping, integral components and balance-of-plant
equipment shall be carried out on the basis of the medium, permissible surface temperatures, ventilation
design, maintenance requirements, safety risks and applicable standards, regulations and laws.
The thickness of the insulation is a main constraint and shall be driven by touch protection, heat losses, noise
reduction and economic efficiency.
The insulation shall allow the thermal expansion and movement of the piping. All locations requiring
maintenance shall be provided with removable insulation only.
If the exhaust system components (e.g. silencers) are not provided with thermal insulation, condensation may
form in the exhaust gas. This will lead to corrosion inside the plant, adversely affecting service life.
SprungMarke!!!126100789604919435

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 10/11/2014
Index: 15 Page No.: 33/33
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0111
General conditions - Operation and Maintenance

1 General conditions - Operation and maintenance............................................................................. 1

1.1 Basic conditions ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Cooler/heat exchanger (GE Jenbacher scope of supply)........................................................................ 1
1.3 Interfaces/limits of supply..................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Maintenance staff ..................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.5 Safety instructions .................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.6 Cleanliness when working on GE Jenbacher plants ................................................................................. 2
1.7 Risk assessment......................................................................................................................................................... 3
1.8 Start-up conditions................................................................................................................................................... 3
1.9 Failures ........................................................................................................................................................................... 3
1.10 Recording operational data, maintenance record sheet ...................................................................... 5
1.11 Spare parts ................................................................................................................................................................... 5
1.12 Lubricating oil.............................................................................................................................................................. 5
1.13 Spark plugs................................................................................................................................................................... 5
1.14 Elastomer components .......................................................................................................................................... 5
1.15 Decommissioning the plant.................................................................................................................................. 5
1.16 Welding work on the module............................................................................................................................... 6
1.17 Components coming into contact with exhaust gas ............................................................................... 6
1.18 Consumables............................................................................................................................................................... 6
1.19 Fuel gas quality .......................................................................................................................................................... 6
1.20 J624 TSTC turbocharger unit ............................................................................................................................... 7
1.21 Maintenance Intervals ............................................................................................................................................ 7
1.22 Documents from original equipment manufacturers ............................................................................. 7

NOTICE
Observance of the conditions of this Technical Instruction and performance of the
activities described therein is the basis of safe and efficient plant operation.
Non-observance of the conditions of this Technical Instruction and/or non-performance of the
prescribed activities or any departure from the prescribed activities shall results in the loss of
guarantee rights. This shall not be the case if the operator shows that althouth the Technical
Instruction was observed, defects already existed at the time of handover or commissioning,
The activities and conditions defined in this Technical Instruction shall be performed and/or
observed by the plant operator. This shall not apply if this Technical Instruction is expressly
allocated to the area of responsibility of GE Jenbacher or a contractual agreement between the
operator and GE Jenbacher provides for a different arrangement.

1 General conditions - Operation and maintenance

1.1 Basic conditions
The boundary conditions for GE Jenbacher gas engines as specified in Technical Instruction No. 1100-0110
must be observed. The work specified in the operational-data sheet must be carried out and this sheet must be
filled in correctly. All specified maintenance work must be performed regularly, expertly and on schedule.
Knock-free operation must be guaranteed.

1.2 Cooler/heat exchanger (GE Jenbacher scope of supply)

When integrated into the hot water system, appropriate measures must be taken to prevent dirt or sediment
building up in these components on the water side.
Refer to technical diagram and technical instructions for settings.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Mayer Markus Release date: 16/10/2013
Index: 7 Page No.: 1/7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0111
General conditions - Operation and Maintenance

1.3 Interfaces/limits of supply
The conditions specified must be fulfilled and the equipment to be supplied for each specific system in
accordance with the boundary conditions, the technical diagram, the schematic diagram, the interface list and
the technical specification for the control system must be available within the limits of supply/interfaces.
Failure to comply with these requirements may have an adverse effect on the characteristics of the product
and on its reliability of operation and, in the end, restrict or invalidate warranty claims.

1.4 Maintenance staff
Work on the plant may only be carried out by specialist staff who have received relevant electrical and
mechanical training. It is possible to conclude service contracts with GE Jenbacher, withGE
Jenbachersubsidiaries or authorised specialist contractors.

1.5 Safety instructions
Always follow the safety instructions in the operator's manual. Statutory safety regulations and accident
prevention rules must be observed. Before performing any maintenance work on the plant, the customer must
make sure that the relevant safety instructions are being followed.
See also:
▪ TA 2300-0001: Employee protection
▪ TA 2300-0005: Safety regulations [⇨ TA 2300-0005, Page 1]
For work which may only be carried out when the engine has been shut down, the system must be shut down
as specified in TI 1100‑0105 and measures must be taken to ensure that it cannot be started accidentally.
See also:
▪ TA 1100-0105: Engine shut-down
▪ Link to TI 2300-0010 Guidelines for using the LOTO kit [⇨ TA 2300-0010, Page 1]
The operator is responsible for ensuring that the workplaces for service and maintenance work are adequately
lit; additional mobile lighting must be provided if necessary.

1.6 Cleanliness when working on GE Jenbacher plants

▪ When working on GE Jenbacher engines, installations and components, always adhere to the strictest
standards of cleanliness.
▪ Thoroughly clean the working area before opening any engine components or parts, and remove all dirt
and deposits on the outside of the engine before opening the engine.
▪ Avoid the ingress of dirt from either outside or inside whenever any servicing or maintenance work is
carried out. By e.g.:
– Deposits inside the engine or other plant components: any gasket residues or deposits on engine
components must be thoroughly removed using suitable means.
– Dirty tools:
applied tools must be cleaned before use.
▪ Only clean, approved and undamaged tools may be used, as in TI 2300-0005: 6.1 Use of tools
recommended, used.
Components for use or installation on or in the engine should not be cleaned until immediately before
fitting.
▪ Make sure to select the right covers and means of protection for properly carrying out the work.
▪ When re-assembling components make sure to remove all covers on the outside and inside of components
and lines.
▪ Ensure that before recommissioning all systems are free of foreign bodies, dirt and loose bolts or tools.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Mayer Markus Release date: 16/10/2013
Index: 7 Page No.: 2 / 7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0111
General conditions - Operation and Maintenance

Failure to comply with this instruction can result in serious damage to components or systems or to
personal injury!
Observe checklist TI 2102-0020 when carrying out maintenance work or overhauling engines.

1.7 Risk assessment
The plant operator (employer) is required to undertake a risk assessment to determine the measures necessary
to effect the safe availability and use of the plant and equipment and to comply with all official and quasi-
official safety rules and laws governing the operation of the plant. The employer must take the necessary
measures to ensure that employees are only provided with equipment which is suitable for the conditions
pertaining at the workplace and guarantees their health and safety if used properly.
The risk assessment will cover approval, planning, assembly, commissioning, operation, maintenance,
servicing, decommissioning and disposal.
The risk assessment to be performed by the plant operator and the official and quasi-official safety rules and
laws may give rise to acceptance tests, inspections and maintenance operations which are not included in the
Maintenance Plan. The operator is responsible for implementing and enforcing these additional measures.

1.8 Start-up conditions
All GE Jenbacherengines are fitted with a preheating system for the engine cooling water. Only preheated
engines with a cooling water temperature of >55°C may be started, loaded and operated at full-load, otherwise
engine damage may result.

1.9 Failures
When a failure results in the engine automatically being switched off by the module control, the cause of the
failure should be remedied first before the module is started again! It is not permissible simply to reset a failure
and then restart the engine, as critical or wear-induced damage could possibly result in premature
replacement of various components.
Remote resetting: Based on the risk category selected by the customer (0-4), failures resulting in the installation
being switched off can be reset using remote access to the visualisation system (max. 5 times every 6 hours'
running under load).
Failures: Diane No.: National Risk category
restrictions
Misfiring 1047, 3005 - 3024 0
Cooling water temperature maximum 1021 * 0
Engine room temperature maximum 1135 * 0
Failure of auxiliary equipment 1129 0
Synchronising failure 1039 0
Supply water temperature maximum 1063 0
Missing engine running conditions 1025 1
Starting failure 1023 * 1
gas pressure MINIMUM Controlled gas system 1 1028 * 1
gas pressure MINIMUM Controlled gas system 2 1030 * 1
Mixture temperature maximum 1040
oil temperature maximum 1043 1
ADMISSIBLE CONTROL DEVIATION OF LEANOX controller 1080 1
EXCEEDED
engine cooling water pump FAILURE 1090 1

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Mayer Markus Release date: 16/10/2013
Index: 7 Page No.: 3/7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0111
General conditions - Operation and Maintenance

Failures: Diane No.: National Risk category

restrictions
Generator frequency too low 1110 1
Actual value measuring signal failure 1113 1
Engine speed measurement signal failure 1120 1
TecJet GAS QUANTITY JUMP 3099 1
ENGINE Oil level MINIMUM 1018 2
GENERATOR reverse power 1038 2
Cylinder exhaust gas temperature Deviation from 1044 2
maximum average value
Cylinder exhaust gas temperature Maximum excess over 1049 2
absolute value
Cooling water pressure maximum 1050 2
Mixture temperature fluctuation speed maximum 1105 2
Generator exciter failure 1109 2
Neutral current maximum 1112 2
Engine oil level minimum 1018 2
Generator reverse power 1038 2
Cylinder exhaust gas temperature Deviation from 1044 2
maximum average value
Cylinder exhaust gas temperature Maximum excess over 1049, 2001 – 2020 2
absolute value
Cooling water pressure maximum 1050 2
Mixture temperature fluctuation speed maximum 1105 2
Generator exciter failure 1109 2
Neutral current maximum 1112 2
cylinder 1 maximum excess over absolute value 2001 2
cylinder x deviation from average value, Maximum 2021 – 2040 2
positive deviation
Cylinder x deviation from average value, Maximum 2041 – 2060 2
negative deviation
Gas proportioning valve CAN link failed 3093 2
Oil pressure minimum 1017 3
Missing power signal 1041 3
Oil filter differential pressure maximum 1059 3
Gas mixer control faulty 1083 3
Backfire protection 1128 3
All other risk categories not listed in risk categories 0 – 3. 4

Due to national restrictions, risks listed in category 0 and 1 may be promoted to category 4 risks.
Single or multiple resetting of all other trip-generating failures without remedying the cause first will result in a
considerable potential risk of injury or damage. The customer (or the party responsible for the remote resetting)
will be entirely liable for such injury or damage.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Mayer Markus Release date: 16/10/2013
Index: 7 Page No.: 4 / 7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0111
General conditions - Operation and Maintenance

1.10 Recording operational data, maintenance record sheet

It is mandatory for all operational data to be recorded and all out-of-the-ordinary events to be described.
Please note:
It is not enough merely to record the facts in writing. The data should be compared with the commissioning
data and be checked for plausibility. In case of deviations, abnormal noises etc. the cause must be investigated
and rectified. If you cannot find the cause, the GE Jenbachercustomer-service department should be notified
immediately.
It is in the operator's best interests to maintain and record operational data (maintenance record sheet,
operational data journal, data recorded in the "Maintenance file"). Properly maintained operational data
journals and data record sheets are important documents, enabling analysis and support in case of failures.
Moreover, these documents are also important when deciding on warranty claims.

1.11 Spare parts
Only original GE Jenbacherspare parts (e.g. oil filters!) should be used. Warranty claims in respect of defects
and damage will be invalidated by the use of non-original spare parts.
Important: In order to avoid unscheduled downtimes it is strongly recommended that a stock of spare parts be
held.

1.12 Lubricating oil
No specific maintenance interval is specified for lubricating oil. It is the operator's responsibility to take all
necessary measures to ensure the protection and safe operation of the plant and guarantee the plant's
availability.
The oil service life (depending on gas quality, mean pressure, engine type, oil consumption, oil temperature and
oil type) can be prolonged by fitting an additional oil tank. If premature wear is claimed, the results of the
lubricating oil analysis, subject to the limit levels laid down in Technical Instruction No. 1000-0099B, must be
presented in full, even after the warranty period has expired.

1.13 Spark plugs
No specific maintenance interval is specified for spark plugs. It is the operator's responsibility to take all
necessary measures to ensure the protection and safe operation of the plant and guarantee the plant's
availability. Spark plug service life depends on the boundary conditions of the plant (e. g. type of spark plugs,
gas type, mean pressure, gas mixing temperature, ignition system, emission limits).

1.14 Elastomer components
Elastomer components age and become brittle, even when engines are not operational. That is why the service
life of these components does not depend solely on the length of time for which the module has been in
service, the cooling water temperature and pressure, etc. With a normal running time of 5,000-6,000 operating
hours annually and a maximum cooling water temperature of 90°C, all elastomer components are replaced at
the normal intervals as described in the maintenance plan. If this number of operating hours is not reached,
the elastomer components (e.g. O-rings on cylinder liners, flexible coupling, etc.) should still be replaced as a
precautionary measure after a maximum of 5 years.

1.15 Decommissioning the plant

When prolonged scheduled or unscheduled downtimes occur, such as after the heating season in the case of
power plants, the engine systems must be prepared (preserve, change old lubricating oil, close off the flue-gas
connection, etc.) for their downtime according to their geographical location (climate, proximity to the sea, gas
type, etc.)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Mayer Markus Release date: 16/10/2013
Index: 7 Page No.: 5/7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0111
General conditions - Operation and Maintenance

As conditions can vary enormously, we recommend that you consult a suitable specialist firm concerning the
measures to be taken or contract it to carry out the work.
Of course, before recommissioning the plant, you must make sure that it has been restored to its normal
operational condition.

1.16 Welding work on the module

Always make sure to attach the negative pole as close as possible to the weld location when carrying out
welding work on the module – not on the mass connection (earth cable) though.
Before any welding work is carried out on the generating set, the ignition rail must be removed to prevent any
possible damage to it and it must be stored in a dry place. The ignition rail may not be refitted and correctly
connected until the welding work on the generating set has been completed.

1.17 Components coming into contact with exhaust gas

All parts that come into contact with exhaust gas are state-of-the-art materials with a specified service life.
Due to the different operating modes and different fuel gas content (including traces of harmful substances),
no binding guarantee can be given on the service life of components such as the exhaust manifold, etc. Where
silencers are situated in the open air without external heat insulation, condensate (acid, water) can occur even
in installations without heat exchangers (hot exhaust gases) and shorten the service life. This also applies to
silencers with internal insulation, where the temperature in the rock wool insulation can fall below the dew
point.

1.18 Consumables
The service life and safe operation of the plant depend to a considerable extent on the consumables used. Only
use consumables such as fuel gas, engine cooling water, warm water, anti-freeze agent, anti-corrosive agent,
lubricating oil, etc. as specified in the respectiveGE Jenbacher Technical Instructions.

1.19 Fuel gas quality

The operator is obliged to check the quality of the fuel gas in terms of thermal value, methane number and
content of harmful substances at regular intervals. If these values differ from the values stipulated in the
contract, immediate measures must be taken by agreement with the GE Jenbachercustomer service
department. If the content of harmful substances increases (e.g. sewage gas, landfill gas) the lubricating oil can
become heavily acidified within a fraction of the normal oil change interval and acute or irreparable damage
and increased wear occur all of a sudden, for example on cylinder liners and bearings and/or oil consumption
increases.
If the methane number fluctuates downwards (within the range stipulated in the contract) the engine is
protected against harmful knock operation by the control system (automatic ignition point adjustment, power
reduction).

Note:
During the commissioning process the engine is adjusted to the optimum setting for the methane number
given at that time.
If the methane number increases after commissioning (for a prolonged period or a major part of the plant's
operating time) the engine setting should be adjusted so as to optimise operational efficiency. This task must
be carried out by specialist staff.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Mayer Markus Release date: 16/10/2013
Index: 7 Page No.: 6 / 7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0111
General conditions - Operation and Maintenance

1.20 J624 TSTC turbocharger unit

This pressure equipment is part of the generating set and may only be used in the intended manner. The entire
engine and generating set documentation therefore applies in addition to these Instructions and must be taken
into account as well.
Use of the pressure equipment is only permissible if the stated limits are observed.
Connection information:
▪ The operator must arrange for the recurrent tests required by the law of the country of operation.
▪ The introduction of additional loads (lifting, pushing) is prohibited.
▪ No welding, heat treatment or metal-cutting machining may be carried out on the cast parts.
▪ The bolted joints between the cast parts must never be touched in any way, unless instructed in the
maintenance instructions.
Since these are open pressure equipment items, static overpressures are not possible. However, to avoid
exceeding the design pressures during engine operation, bypass valves and pressure sensors are fitted, which
must be fully functional.
Safety cannot be assured in the event of improper use.

1.21 Maintenance Intervals
The intervals stated in the maintenance plan are average empirical values. Where there is a lack of proper
operation and maintenance (such as defective oil care, large accumulations of dust or other problematic
circumstances), maintenance operations have to be carried out before the specified intervals.
The above can only be judged by the operator. If irregularities are found during the daily inspection, especially
during the warranty period (abnormal sounds or noises, etc.), the operator must take action to minimise any
damage (e.g. by immediately switching off the engine, investigating the cause of the irregularity and rectifying
it, and/or notifying the GE Jenbacher customer service department).
Upcoming maintenance work must be carried out before the maintenance interval is reached to ensure
downtimes or to avoid interruptions in operation, for example, during the heating season. Maintenance
intervals may not be extended to avoid downtime during the heating season.

1.22 Documents from original equipment manufacturers

The customer documentation from GE Jenbacher contains documents from the original equipment
manufacturers for certain bought-in parts in addition to GE Jenbacher documents.
The following must be observed in relation to this:
▪ The appropriate information and documents from the original equipment manufacturer are taken into
account when drawing up GE Jenbacher documentation.
▪ In the event of discrepancies between GE Jenbacher documents and enclosed documentation from the
original equipment manufacturer, the GE Jenbacher documentation shall take priority (including any
appropriate Technical Instructions, maintenance plans and maintenance etc.)
▪ Any documents from the original equipment manufacturer that are provided are supplementary to the GE
SprungMarke!!!54043195568238987
Jenbacher documentation and should be observed in addition to this.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Mayer Markus Release date: 16/10/2013
Index: 7 Page No.: 7/7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0113
Cleanliness During Service Work Involving Clean Oil Parts

1 Scope
This Technical Instruction applies to GE Jenbacher generating sets.

2 Purpose
This Technical Instruction tells you what to do during service work involving clean oil parts and work that could
have an effect on the clean oil circuit.

3 Note

NOTICE
Failure to observe this Technical Instruction could result in contamination which could
subsequently cause massive damage to the engine!

The Technical Instructions listed below must also be observed:

▪ General conditions – Operation and maintenance, TI 1100-0111 → Dealing with cleanliness.
▪ Checklist for engine repair and overhaul, TI 2102-0020 → Ensuring faultless work when carrying out deep
interventions - especially those relating to the clean oil circuit - on engines.
▪ Storage and handling of fresh oil for GE Jenbacher gas engines, TI 1000-0099L → handling engine oil.

4 Definition of clean oil circuit

The following areas/parts are in direct contact with clean oil:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Anderson B. Release date: 06/11/2014
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0113
Cleanliness During Service Work Involving Clean Oil Parts

▪ Cylinder head
▪ Camshaft including camshaft bearings
▪ Crankcase bores
▪ Oil-carrying bores and ducts in various cover plates
▪ Oil bores and ducts in the crankcase
▪ Main bearings
▪ Big-end bearings
▪ Connecting rod
▪ Crankshaft
▪ Valve gear - tappets, push rods, rocker arms, etc.
▪ Oil supply lines
▪ Turbocharger assembly and console
▪ Oil filter and oil filter assembly
▪ Piston cooling nozzles

5 Handling newly supplied spare parts that affect the clean oil circuit
Parts that have a direct or indirect effect on the clean oil circuit must be handled with extreme care. Before
starting work on the engine, you should first check that the parts are in a good and usable condition and then
repack them properly to protect them until they are actually used. Before installing the parts, give them a visual
inspection (if necessary, using an endoscope) and where appropriate check them by feel.
Dirt, burrs and other possible contaminants could cause a malfunction. In such cases, you should always check
whether it is possible to rectify the situation. Otherwise, you should consult the GE Jenbacher Helpdesk
department. You should also always report defective shipments so that they can be improved in future.

6 Four-eyes principle
All work involving clean oil must be subject to the four-eyes principle in order to prevent defects or
contaminants from being overlooked.

7 Covers and protecting the clean oil circuit

All areas of the engine in which clean oil parts or clean oil zones are opened must be covered immediately.
Suitable plastic or rubber covers and residue-free adhesive tape can be used as coverings.
The crank pins on the crankshaft must be handled in a particularly sensitive way. They must be covered as
soon as they are removed from the connecting rod. You are recommended to use the official GE Jenbacher
plastic covers for this. If they are not available, use an alternative, fibre-free material.
Irrespective of the type of cover used, you must ensure that it has been cleaned to remove all residues.
Generally, rotating metal brushes should not be used in the engine room.
Other rotary cleaning methods are not permitted in the engine room as cleanliness cannot be guaranteed, due
to particles flying around. Where it is not possible to remove the component to be cleaned and taken to a
separate room and, at the same time, a different cleaning method is not possible, the utmost care must be
taken to cover it exactly to prevent dirt and foreign bodies from getting into the clean oil system. This rule does
not apply to rotating metal brushes.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Anderson B. Release date: 06/11/2014
Index: 2 Page No.: 2 / 3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 1100-0113
Cleanliness During Service Work Involving Clean Oil Parts

8 Handling main and connecting rod bearing shells

Do not wear safety gloves when handling main and connecting rod bearings. You are exceptionally allowed
to take off your gloves, but only for the direct handling of these bearing shells. This includes inspecting,
lubricating and inserting the bearing shells.
You must put on the safety gloves again for all other work.

9 Cleaning material to be used

It is important to use the correct cleaning material. "Cleaning material" means direct cleaning material such as
cleaning cloths but also includes indirect cleaning material such as cup brushes, rotating metal brushes and
emery paper. Chemicals are not counted as cleaning material and are dealt with separately.
These materials must be available on site for work on the engine at 10,000 hour service intervals and for
repairs. Where these materials are not obtainable on site, you can order them from GE Jenbacher as part
number 1210145. They can be precisely those listed below or equivalent materials.
Qty. Unit Description Manufacturer Manufacturer code
1 Roll Cleaning paper 380x380 mm ALBW 11338-01
1 Roll Oil-absorbent roll 400x460 mm ALBW 80006-00
1 Box ZETPUTZ fleece cloth 33x35cm ALBW 10111-01
1 Each Back-up pad 75 mm - M14 ROLOC 3M 3M 784999
5 Each Buffing wheel 3M, 75 mm, 120 grain 3M 707529
5 Each Buffing wheel 3M, 75 mm, 80 grain 3M 707527
5 Each Surface grinder, 60x40x6 mm, 80 grain Bibielle RG0386
5 Each Surface grinder, 60x40x6 mm, 120 grain Pferd 44510126
5 Each Surface grinder, 30x20x6 mm, 80 grain Pferd 44412086
2 Each Cup brush, 125 mm Rial 487117
10 Each Abrasive fleece pad, 152x229 mm, fine, red 3M 762147
1 Each Abrasive cloth roll, 80 SIA 341584170080
1 Each Abrasive cloth roll, 120 SIA 341584170120
1 Each Abrasive cloth roll, 400 SIA 341584170400
SprungMarke!!!9007206124027787
1 Each End brushes for power drill, 23 mm Lessmann 453,161

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Anderson B. Release date: 06/11/2014
Index: 2 Page No.: 3/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Purpose ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
3 General ....................................................................................................................................................... 2
4 Safety signs hazard classification system ........................................................................................... 2
5 Health and safety during operation and maintenance ..................................................................... 3
6 What to do in the event of an alarm ..................................................................................................... 4
6.1 Evacuation alarm (gas alarm, fire alarm, CO alarm, gas pre-alarm) ................................................ 4
6.2 CO pre-alarm............................................................................................................................................................... 5
7 Personal protection .................................................................................................................................. 5
8 Use of tools................................................................................................................................................. 8
9 Transporting - lifting - installing............................................................................................................ 8
10 Shutdown procedure and making safe................................................................................................. 8
11 Engine room............................................................................................................................................. 12
12 Components............................................................................................................................................. 17
12.1 Exhaust gas system................................................................................................................................................ 17
12.2 turbocharger ............................................................................................................................................................. 18
12.3 Fuel gas system (gas and dual-fuel engines only) ................................................................................... 19
12.4 Diesel fuel system (diesel and dual-fuel engines only)........................................................................... 20
12.5 Cooling system ......................................................................................................................................................... 21
12.6 heat exchanger ........................................................................................................................................................ 23
12.7 Slam Valve .................................................................................................................................................................. 24
12.8 Lubrication system ................................................................................................................................................. 24
12.9 Control system.......................................................................................................................................................... 26
12.10 Ignition system ......................................................................................................................................................... 26
12.11 Cables and insulated wiring ............................................................................................................................... 27
12.12 Throttle valve............................................................................................................................................................. 27
12.13 Electrical connections ........................................................................................................................................... 27
12.14 Generator .................................................................................................................................................................... 28
12.15 Electrical cabinets ................................................................................................................................................... 29
12.16 Acoustic insulation (container; sound absorber hood) .......................................................................... 31
12.17 Battery .......................................................................................................................................................................... 31
12.18 Container/enclosure .............................................................................................................................................. 32
13 Maintenance and servicing................................................................................................................... 33
14 Cleaning.................................................................................................................................................... 35
15 Disposal requirements for waste electrical and electronic equipment ....................................... 36

1 Scope
This Technical Instruction applies to all Firmenname and GE Distributed Power plants.

2 Purpose
This Technical Instruction sets out the general safety regulations.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 1/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

3 General
The operating and maintenance instructions contain basic safety signs,
requirements and directions which must be observed during the delivery,
setting-up, commissioning, operation and maintenance of machinery.GE
Jenbacher These documents must be read and understood by the user
before starting the machinery. The most recent edition of the operating
instructions must always be available at the machine.

The information contained in the safety instructions below is intended to provide you with an overview of
danger zones and possible causes of accidents.
Despite an inherently safe design and the use of technical and supplementary protective measures, residual
risks remain, which are referred to in this TI.
While the instructions below are intended for your safety, they cannot cover in detail the scope of all accident
risks posed by industrial machinery.

When operating this machinery it is your duty to comply with all current official and quasi-official safety rules
and codes applicable to your sector. You should also use your own powers of judgement to avoid hazards and
dangerous situations.
Most accidents are caused when people disregard simple, basic safety rules.

Any manipulation of the machine or its control cabinets which causes the machinery to operate outside of its
specified operating range (control range), is prohibited and could result in serious indirect damage.

Any modifications of the item supplied, including changes to the program and software, which are carried out
by the customer or third parties without GE Jenbacher prior consent will result in the lapse of any right to
damages or the exercise of a warranty claim against GE Jenbacher.

4 Safety signs hazard classification system

The pictograms with hazard classification used in this document are also used on GE Jenbacher products.
They refer to each of the hazards as described in this document.
DANGER (ISO DIS 3864-2)
denotes a high-risk hazard. If this hazard sign is
ignored, death or severe injury will follow as a direct
consequence.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 2 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

WARNING (ISO DIS 3864-2)

denotes a medium-risk hazard. If this hazard sign is
ignored, death or severe injury may result.

CAUTION (ISO DIS 3864-2)

denotes a low-risk hazard. If this hazard sign is
ignored, minor or moderate injury may result.

NOTICE(similar to ANSI Z535.2)

denotes information directly or indirectly relating to
the safety of employees or measures to protect the
machinery. If this hazard sign is ignored, breakdowns
or material damage may result.

5 Health and safety during operation and maintenance

The customer will take all necessary precautions to ensure the safety of the contractors personnel at the site.
This includes provision of the safety instructions of the customer for review by the contractor, safety training by
the customer, proper safe handling and disposal of hazardous substances and the protection of the
contractors personnel from exposure to such substances, activation and deactivation of all power systems
(electrical, mechanical and hydraulic) using a safe and effective lock-out tag procedure, and conducting
periodic safety meetings.

The contractor will comply with reasonable health and safety requirements imposed from time to time by the
customer at the facility.

The contractor may conduct occasional safety audits to ensure that safe conditions exist and make
recommendations to the customer concerning such conditions. Neither the performance or non-performance
of safety audits nor the making of any recommendation by the contractor will relieve the customer of the
responsibility to provide a safe place to work. If the contractor's staff require medical attention, the customer's
local facilities will be made available to the contractors staff for as long as necessary.

If, in the contractors opinion, the safe performance of work at the site is or may be endangered by local
conditions, the contractor may remove some or all of its staff from the site and/or supervise performance of all
or any part of its work and/or evacuate its staff. The customer will assist with any such evacuation.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 3/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

The operation of equipment at the site will be the responsibility of the customer. If the customer requires or
permits the contractor's staff to operate equipment at the site, the customer will indemnify the contractor, its
employees and agents for all costs and liability (including any reasonable attorney's fees) incurred by or
imposed upon the contractor, its employees and agents, based upon injury to persons (including death) or
damage to property resulting from the operation of equipment at the site by the contractors staff.

If the customer provides the contractors staff with any tools and equipment to perform work at the site, these
tools and equipment must be in a safe working condition (i.e. subject to inspections and preventive
maintenance). Tools must also conform to the GE Jenbacher standard.

If the contractor encounters any hazardous material at the site which requires special handling and/or
disposal, the customer will immediately take whatever precautions are required to legally eliminate such
hazardous conditions so that the work under contract may proceed safely. The customer must ensure that all
hazardous materials produced or generated in the course of the contractors work at the site are removed.

All decontamination necessary for the contractors work (including any repair work) will be performed by the
customer.

6 What to do in the event of an alarm

6.1 Evacuation alarm (gas alarm, fire alarm, CO alarm, gas pre-alarm)

Evacuation alarm as specified in ISO 8201/minimum duration 180 seconds.

Off

a b a b a c a

Cycle Time, s

a Phase a signal is "on" for 0,5 s ± 10%

b Phase b signal is "off" for 0.5 s ± 10%
c Phase c signal is "off" for 1.5 s ± 10% (c = a + 2b)
Cycle Length of cycle: 4 s ± 10%

▪ Leave the affected area immediately. Go out into the fresh air (outdoors) right away and congregate at
the designated assembly point.
▪ Shut off the diesel fuel supply and/or close the gas safety shut-off valve outside the engine room and
outside the danger zone and make sure that they cannot be opened unintentionally.
▪ Call the fire brigade.
▪ Do not re-enter the affected area.
▪ Wait for the fire brigade to arrive.
▪ Warn other people about the danger.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 4 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

▪ Do not re-enter the affected area until the danger has been eliminated with the professional
assistance of the fire brigade, the fault or damage professionally rectified, all enclosed spaces
thoroughly ventilated and the area has been declared safe to re-enter.
Bear in mind that ambient and operating conditions differ from plant to plant and the general rule is that,
before work starts in plants using poisonous gases, the operator of the plant should draw up an
EMERGENCY PLAN which takes these specific conditions into account. The relevant statutory regulations must
also be taken into account. This emergency plan must be brought to the attention of all persons employed at
the plant, evidence of which must be available.

An emergency plan will generally consist of at least the following information:

▪ Emergency regulations (what to do, evacuation, escape routes, assembly point, etc.)
▪ Local emergency telephone numbers (rescue, emergency doctor, fire brigade)
▪ People to be notified in the event of an emergency
▪ Location of breathing apparatus independent of ambient air or an escape mask (gas mask with a suitable
filter)
▪ Other necessary safety information as laid down in statutory regulations, etc.

6.2 CO pre-alarm
Shut off the diesel fuel supply and/or close the gas safety shut-off valve outside the engine room and make
sure that they cannot be opened unintentionally. Leave the engine to run until it stops of its own accord due to
lack of fuel. The ventilation is set to maximum by the engine control system. Call in professionals to look for the
gas leak and initiate damage repair.

7 Personal protection
TI 2300-0001 – Employee protection
The operation of the plant or work on the plant may only be carried out by
specialist staff having relevant electrical and mechanical training.

Access to the machine room is restricted to persons (specialist staff) who

have read, understood and who observe the safety instructions.

Prohibition, hazard, mandatory and warning signs must be obeyed at all

times. Any failure to do so may result in injury and death or damage to the
machinery.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 5/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Wear personal protective equipment (PPE)!

Wear the personal protective equipment approved by the health and safety
organisations for body, head, eyes, ears and breathing. Never be in the
vicinity of an engine when wearing loose clothing, jewellery or long hair.
Always wear a bump cap except when working with suspended loads or if
the plant requires this. In this case, you must wear a hard hat.
According to NFPA70e, an electrician's helmet and other special equipment
may be required when carrying out electrical work. A GE version of
NFPA70e is available.

The standard equipment required for entering the engine room or

approaching and working on plant components, even outside the engine
room, consists of eye protection, protective clothing, hand protection and
safety footwear.
▪ Eye protection: must always be worn.
▪ Protective clothing: this must have long sleeves if surface temperatures
are likely to exceed 40°C in the work area.
▪ Safety footwear: Class S3 safety footwear must be worn when carrying
out servicing work.
Depending on the operational condition of the plant, the ambient
conditions, the type or location of the operation, use hearing protection,
safety helmet, fall prevention equipment, gas sensors, breathing mask or
other personal protective equipment, as appropriate.

You should also use your own powers of judgement to avoid hazards and
dangerous situations and wear the appropriate personal protective
equipment.

It is your duty to comply with all current official and quasi-official safety rules and codes applicable to your
sector.

Depending on the operating condition of the plant or the operation, hazards may arise which cause injury, so
wear the appropriate personal protective equipment. The examples below are not exhaustive:

Activities when plant is running:

▪ Hearing protection, eye protection, protective clothing, safety footwear, hand protection!

Assembly operations during maintenance and repair:

Caution: many plant and engine components are heavy. This gives rise to a risk of severe crushing and impact
injuries due to the heavy weight of the components.
▪ Safety footwear, protective clothing, hand protection!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 6 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Installation, construction site, difficult access:

Danger of falling, tipping or flying objects, swinging loads and bumping into obstacles, which can cause severe
head injuries.
▪ Safety helmet, safety footwear!

Hot surfaces and liquids (oil, cooling water):

The engine, pipework, etc. can reach a surface temperature of up to 150°C.
▪ Thermal insulation gloves, protective clothing!

Pressurised pipes and containers:

Liquids such as engine coolant, lubricating oil and diesel fuel are hot and under pressure.
▪ Eye protection, protective clothing, thermal insulation gloves!

Working in dusty conditions:

Changing the air filter, cleaning operations, changing the active carbon, etc.
▪ Wear a breathing mask, eye protection, protective clothing and safety footwear!

Handling acids, starter battery, cleaning products, oil, anti-freeze and anti-corrosion products, chemicals:
▪ Acid- or chemical-resistant gloves and clothing, eye protection, safety footwear. Read the manufacturer's
instructions and make sure that you have the appropriate safety data sheets (MSDS) to hand!

Working at height (above 1.2 m):

Even falls from low heights can result in serious injury. When working at height
(from 1.2 m), where the provision of technical safeguards (e.g. handrails, work platforms, etc.) is either
impossible or impractical, you should use:
▪ personal fall arrest equipment consisting of harness and associated equipment (safety rope, karabiner
hook, damper, lanyard or height safety device)!

Use of poisonous gases, e.g.: CO, H2S, SO2, etc. (note the results of the gas analyses):
▪ CO sensors as personal protective equipment! Ensure personal protective equipment is regularly
maintained/calibrated.
People who are under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs represent a
danger to themselves and other people.
They must not be allowed to enter the engine room under any
circumstances.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 7/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Electrical work:
Electrical connections, defects or electrostatic charges may give rise to a risk of electric shock.
▪ Use "non-conductive" ladders to gain access (e.g.: fibreglass or plastic).
▪ Wear hand protection and protective clothing! Observe electrical instructions for tools and work to be
carried out!

8 Use of tools
Observe the following points before you use any tools:
▪ Every tool may only be used for its designated purpose.
▪ Check every tool for damage before and after use.
▪ The use of damaged tools is prohibited.
▪ Tools without a valid inspection document may not be used and must
be inspected.
▪ Always keep tools clean and dry as well as free from oil and grease.
▪ Check that your tools are complete before and after use.
▪ Make sure that you don't leave any tools or (damaged) tool parts
behind in the engine or engine components.

9 Transporting - lifting - installing

Take account of the Technical Instructions (TI 1000-0041, TI 1000-0042, TI
1000-0043, TI 1000-0044, TI 1000-0046, TI 1100-0100 and TI 1100-0112)
concerning the requirements for the arrangement surface, lifting, transport
safety pegs, transporting and positioning, installation of GE Jenbacher
modules, containers and switch cabinets, as well as the appropriate
background conditions.
Never use transport security shackles to lift components or modules. They
are only used to secure components or modules to the transport vehicle.

10 Shutdown procedure and making safe

Automatic machinery: liable to start without warning
If the operating mode selector switch is in "Aut" position, the module may
start without warning at any time.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 8 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Before commencing maintenance work, repairs, etc., shut down machinery as described below and secure
to prevent unauthorised start-up!
Shut down and secure
Engine switch-off:
Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No.
1100-0105
and ensure that unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.

Isolate from power supply before starting work

Before starting work, isolate the machinery from the relevant circuits to
prevent it from being restarted and check to ensure that the system is
dead.

Dangerous voltage
If you see this warning near the mains isolating device, this means that
the mains isolating device does not switch off all electrical circuits. The
‘except for’ electrical circuits - i.e. the circuits not switched off - are shown
in the circuit diagram.
Despite having isolated the machinery, you should regard all components
as live.
Check that all components are disconnected!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 9/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

High-voltage ignition system – 40kV!

Improper use may be fatal!
The ignition system may cause electric shock.
Ignition systems may also produce extremely dangerous voltages when
the equipment is not operating. This applies to all ignition system
components, such as the cable, coil, connector, etc!

Hot surfaces

Risk of burns

Allow the engine cool down, wear personal protective equipment!

Wear thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

Danger from escaping liquids (hot and under pressure)

Liquids such as engine coolant, lubricating oil and diesel fuel are hot and
under pressure. Escaping liquids may cause serious injury.

Wear personal protective equipment.

Wear eye protection, thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

Allow the engine and coolant to cool down before removing pipes, seals and covers or opening components
that contain liquids. The pressure must first be reduced to zero. Only then, drain the coolant if necessary.
Liquids must be drained completely.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 10 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Risk of explosion

During charging, batteries produce hydrogen and oxygen which under

certain conditions may form an explosive mixture.
The battery is charged with 24 V DC even when the control system is
switched off. Sparks generated at the battery poles can ignite an explosive
atmosphere.

Check that the battery poles are firmly secured. No smoking, no naked lights, no sparks!

Poisonous gases

The air in the engine room may be severely polluted with evaporating oil,
cooling water, fuel gases or exhaust gases.

Ventilate the engine room thoroughly before starting work!

Ensure there is a fresh air supply when working in the engine room!
Wear personal protective equipment (gas sensors)!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 11/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

11 Engine room
No admittance for unauthorised persons!
Room contains electrical machinery
Admittance for authorised and trained personnel only (specialist staff)!

In principle, the engine room is an enclosed, protected room for the unmanned
operation of machinery.

Read the "Personal protection guidelines" in these safety instructions and wear the personal protective
equipment appropriate to the dangers concerned!

Noise

The noise produced when the machinery is operating or being started

may damage your hearing.

Wear hearing protection!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 12 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

No pacemakers

Because of the possibility of electromagnetic effects on pacemakers or

similar devices, people with such devices are prohibited from entering the
engine room.

No fire, naked flames or smoking

Install fire extinguishers

Fire extinguishers must be installed at places where they may be easily

reached in the event of a fire.

Risk of slipping

Wipe up any spilt oil, diesel fuel and coolant immediately and keep the
machinery clean.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 13/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Highly flammable materials

Keep oily rags in fire-proof containers. Never leave them lying on the
engine.

Do not store flammable liquids near engines.

Keep the machinery clean

Mark escape routes

Mark escape routes from the engine room and keep them clear of
obstructions.

Risk of escaping liquids (hot and under pressure)!

Avoid danger zones around safety valve and explosion protection valve
openings.
There are also danger zones around air filters.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 14 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Hot surfaces

Risk of burns

Allow the engine cool down, wear personal protective equipment!

Wear thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

Poisonous gases

Enclosed spaces must be well-ventilated to ensure a constant supply of

fresh air.
Rooms in which gas-consuming devices are operated must be ventilated.

In the event of unusual machine noise and unusual smells in the engine room, carry out a check. If you detect
a gas concentration in a building, you should always observe the following instructions:

If you fear that a hazard exists, actuate the emergency stop outside the engine room, close the gas safety
shut-off valve and/or shut off the diesel fuel supply outside the engine room and make sure that they cannot
be opened unintentionally.
Prevent any possibility of ignition and, if possible, break all the electrical circuits from outside the danger zone.
Evacuate all personnel from the danger zone.
Allow air into the affected parts of the building by opening windows and doors.
Call in professionals to look for the gas leak and its cause and initiate damage repair.

Toxic gases (e.g.: CO, H2S, etc.)!

Read the results of the fuel gas analyses!

Fuel gases may be poisonous and may result in death or damage to

health if inhaled.

Wear gas sensors as personal protective equipment (appropriate to the

poisonous gas components) and ensure proper ventilation!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 15/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

If the fuel gas contains carbon monoxide CO:

Carbon monoxide is a poisonous, odourless, colourless, highly flammable
gas, which is about as heavy as air.

Read the results of the fuel gas analyses!

Wear CO sensors as personal protective equipment when:

▪ the gas is odourless and the CO content of the fuel gas is>0% .
▪ the gas contains odours and the CO content of the fuel gas is >0.5%.

Observe these guide values if no other safety guidelines are available or

they are less stringent than the guide values. Country-specific thresholds/
guidelines ALWAYS have priority. Also ensure that personal protective
equipment is regularly maintained/calibrated.

CO concentration in the air and its effect if inhaled:

▪ 0.003 Vol% = 30 ppm no/minimal risk to health
▪ 0.010 Vol% = 100 ppm slight headache after several hours
▪ 0.050 Vol% = 500 ppm severe headache, dizziness, fainting after several
hours
▪ 0.1 Vol%-0.2 Vol% = 1000-2000 ppm death after 30 minutes
▪ 0.3 Vol%-0.5 Vol% = 3000-5000 ppm death after a few minutes
Other symptoms: vomiting and nausea, buzzing in the ears, light-headedness, convulsions, hyperventilation,
etc.

Risk of explosion

The air-gas mixture used as engine fuel is easily ignited and may explode.

Close and make secure the manual stop valve, ensure there are no sparks
or naked flames, impose a strict ban on smoking and provide adequate
ventilation!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 16 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

12 Components
Protective devices should not be removed while the machinery is in operation.
Repair or replace damaged protective devices immediately.
Before removing any protective device, secure the machinery to prevent unauthorised start-up.

Shut down and secure

Shut-down procedure and securing: Refer to section on "Shut-down

procedure and securing" in these safety instructions.

12.1 Exhaust gas system

Exhaust gases may be poisonous and may result in death or damage to health if inhaled.
Exhaust gases must always be discharged into the atmosphere.
The exhaust-gas system must be inspected regularly to ensure that it is gas-tight:

Visually Cracks, corrosion, faulty seals

Odour Exhaust smell

Locations at risk: Flange connections, seals, compensators, welded joints.

It is the operators responsibility to ensure that there are no leaks in the exhaust system.

Poisonous gases

Inhalation will result in damage to health or death.

Discharge exhaust gases into the atmosphere, check for leaks, provide
adequate ventilation.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 17/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Hot surfaces

Components which are not insulated and through which exhaust gas
passes are very hot and can cause severe burns.

Allow the engine cool down, wear personal protective equipment!

Wear thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

During commissioning, adjustment of engine operating parameters to suit different gas properties, or
diagnosing starting problems, there is an increased likelihood of backfire or deflagration in the exhaust system.
As a precaution, the operator should ensure that no persons are present in the vicinity of the exhaust system
during such operations.

12.2 turbocharger
As the turbocharger operates at high temperatures, flammable material must be kept at a distance.
Work on the turbocharger must only be carried out once the engine has been shut down and room
temperature has been reached, otherwise there is a risk of injury and fire.

Hot surfaces

Risk of burns

Allow the engine cool down, wear personal protective equipment!

Wear thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

Fire risk

Fire

Avoid contact with flammable material and keep the machinery clean!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 18 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

12.3 Fuel gas system (gas and dual-fuel engines only)

The engine is equipped for the fuel gas quality specified by the customer when the engine was ordered, and is
adjusted for this gas when it is first put into operation.

Notify GE JenbacherCustomer Service before you convert the system to another type of fuel gas and each time
the fuel gas quality is changed!

Note: The air-gas mixture used as engine fuel is easily ignited and may explode.
As soon as fuel gas is present in the pipes no welding work must be carried out in the engine room concerned.
No naked flames may be used and a strict ban on smoking must be observed.

The guidelines below must be read in conjunction with other mandatory requirements (arrangement plan,
Technical Instructions, statutory regulations, official directives, etc.) when assembling and operating the
plant:

The engine room ventilation must be so designed that gas concentrations are prevented and a slight
overpressure exists in the engine room. (See TA 1100-0110 [⇨ TA 1100-0110, Page 1])

Ensure that the pipes and components through which the fuel gas passes are fully leakproof.

A leak test as described in IW 8049 0 is required if a leak is detected or after repairs to pipes or components
carrying fuel gas and mixtures.

Install a flame trap (depending on the legal requirements of the country where the equipment is located) in the
gas supply line.

Align plant-side safety valves so that the outlet ports are in a protected area.

A manual stop valve must be provided outside the engine room for intentional shutdown of the plant (e.g. for
repair and maintenance and in emergencies), preferably at the point where the gas pipes enter the engine
room.
The manual stop valve must be designed to ensure that no unauthorised person can actuate it, i.e. open it
when in locked position.

It is the operator's responsibility to ensure that the fuel gas system is equipped with the necessary devices,
does not leak and satisfies official requirements.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 19/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Risk of explosion

The air-gas mixture used as engine fuel is easily ignited and may explode.
Gas being discharged could create a potentially explosive atmosphere.
No welding, no naked flames, strict ban on smoking, efficient
maintenance/inspection, leak tests, adequate ventilation gas alarm
system, manual stop valve closed and made safe!

Toxic gases (e.g.: CO, H2S, etc.)

Note the results of the gas analyses

Fuel gases may be poisonous and may result in death or damage to

health if inhaled.

Wear gas sensors as personal protective equipment (appropriate to the

poisonous gas components) and ensure proper ventilation!

You must also read the engine room guidelines in these safety
instructions!

Extreme care is required when carrying out maintenance or repair work on the gas train and the gas
pipes. These components contain quantities of residual gas which will escape when, for example, the gas
filter is being changed!

12.4 Diesel fuel system (diesel and dual-fuel engines only)

Danger from escaping liquids (diesel fuel is under high pressure)
Damaged piping, connections or other components in the diesel fuel
system must be replaced immediately.
Failure of any of these components will result in an escape of diesel fuel
under high pressure and therefore a danger of personal injury.
Wear personal protective equipment (safety glasses, protective clothing
and thermal insulation gloves). Keep away from pressure relief valves.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 20 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Hot surfaces
The components of the diesel fuel system (fuel pipes and filters, valves,
etc.) and the fuel itself are hot and can cause severe burns when working
on the fuel system (e.g. draining off the fuel, changing the fuel filters, ...).

Allow components to cool down, and wear personal protective equipment.

Wear thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

Fire risk
Leaks in the diesel fuel system must be scrupulously avoided as sprayed
or splashed diesel fuel may ignite on contact with hot engine components.

Keep the machinery clean and carry out maintenance/inspection as

instructed.

Rags dirty with diesel fuel must be disposed of as special waste.

12.5 Cooling system
When the engine is at operating temperature, the coolant is hot and pressurised.
Damaged or weathered pipes, seals, hoses and hose clips and other components must be replaced
immediately. If these components break or fracture, hot coolant could injure people and cause a fire.
Keep clear of pressure relief valves when operating the plant.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 21/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Risk of escaping liquids (hot and under pressure)

Depressurise these components accordingly before carrying out
maintenance work on them!
Fractured components allow hot coolant to escape, posing a risk of injury.
Regular maintenance/inspection of components. Wear personal
protective equipment (safety glasses, protective clothing and thermal
insulation gloves). Keep away from pressure relief valves.

Hot surfaces

Risk of burns

Allow the engine cool down, wear personal protective equipment!

Wear thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

To replace pipes and components

Shut down and secure

Shut-down procedure and securing → Refer to the "Shut-down

procedure and securing" section in these safety instructions.

Coolants are treated with anti-corrosive and anti-freeze products.

Anti-freeze and anti-corrosion products are usually classified as harmful
to health. Read the manufacturer's instructions and the safety data sheet
for the chemical concerned!

Wear personal protective equipment when handling anti-corrosion

products, anti-freeze products and coolant. Follow the manufacturer's
safety instructions!
Observe any disposal requirements.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 22 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

12.6 heat exchanger
Heat exchangers are pressure vessels which are designed for specific pressure and temperature limits.

Operators must be made familiar with the specific design pressure and temperature.

Heat exchangers must be pressure-tested on a regular basis.

A visual inspection of the following points of risk must be carried out: Flange connections, seals, locks and
covers.

Any liquids escaping as the result of a leak may cause serious injury.

Keep clear of pressure relief valves when operating the plant.

Risk of escaping liquids (hot and under pressure)

The fracturing of components causes hot liquids to escape, thereby posing

a risk of injury.

Regular maintenance/inspection, regular pressure-testing. Wear personal

protective equipment (safety glasses, protective clothing and thermal
insulation gloves). Keep away from pressure relief valves! Reduce
pressure!

Hot surfaces

Risk of burns

Let the heat exchanger and pipes cool down, wear personal protective
equipment! Wear thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

Do not remove pipes, seals and covers from the cooling system until the components have cooled down, the
pressure has been reduced and all liquids have been fully drained off.

To replace pipes and components

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 23/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Shut down and secure

Shut-down procedure and securing: Refer to section on "Shut-down

procedure and securing" in these safety instructions.

12.7 Slam Valve
Avoid the danger zones around the valves as they could open at any time during operation. There is a risk of
injury due to hot operating materials under pressure.

Risk of escaping liquids (hot and under pressure)

The actuation of safety valves causes hot liquids to escape, thereby

posing a risk of injury.

Wear personal protective equipment (safety glasses, protective clothing

and thermal insulation gloves). Keep away from pressure relief valves.

12.8 Lubrication system
Risk of escaping liquids (during normal operation, lubricants are hot and
under pressure)

The actuation of safety valves causes hot liquids to escape, thereby

posing a risk of injury.

Wear personal protective equipment (safety glasses, protective clothing

and thermal insulation gloves). Keep away from pressure relief valves.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 24 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Hot surfaces

Components of the lubrication system (oil lines and filters, valves, etc.) and
the oil itself are hot and can cause severe burns when working on the lube
oil system (e.g. changing the oil or the oil filters).

Let components cool down, wear personal protective equipment. Wear

thermal insulation gloves and protective clothing!

Fire risk

Oil leaks must be scrupulously avoided as oil spray or splashes may ignite
on contact with hot engine components.

keep the machinery clean and carry out maintenance/inspection as

instructed!

Lubricating oils and oily rags must be disposed of as special waste.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 25/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

12.9 Control system
The control rod assembly must not be obstructed while the machinery is
operating. Any unauthorised adjustment or bending of the control rod
assembly could cause the engine to race.

12.10 Ignition system
High-voltage ignition system – 40kV!
Improper use may be fatal!

The ignition system may cause electric shock.

Ignition systems may also produce extremely dangerous voltages when
the equipment is not operating.
Do not touch ignition system components such as the cable, coil,
connector, etc. while the engine is running. Do not pull ignition cables off
of coils! Ignition cables must not come into contact with other parts!

The spark plug ignites an air-gas mixture in the combustion chamber. As a

result, any air-gas mixture which has accumulated in the induction port,
exhaust system or turbocharger may ignite. Failures must not simply be
reset. Before restarting the module, you must first remedy the cause of the
failure! Please read the rules on this subject in Technical Instruction
1100-0111Technical Instruction 1100-0111.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 26 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Risk of explosion
Failures or incorrect operation (e.g. frequent unsuccessful attempts to
start, resetting the fault contrary to instructions, cause of the failure not
remedied, etc.) may cause an air-gas mixture to accumulate outside the
combustion chamber and explode thereby causing serious injury, death
and severe damage.

Remedy failures, operate machinery and carry out maintenance and

inspections in accordance with instructions!

12.11 Cables and insulated wiring

Dangerous electrical voltage

To protect you from the hazards posed by electrical energy, we would

point out that the use of cables and insulated wiring must comply with the
technical specifications issued by VDE, IEC, etc., in accordance with local
regulations and such work may only be performed by authorised
technicians (officially licensed electricians).
GE Jenbacher accepts no liability GE Jenbacherfor injury, loss or damage
due to improper installation.

12.12 Throttle valve
Do not obstruct or block the control rod assembly.
Do not attach objects to or suspend them from the control rod assembly.
Do not misuse the control rod assembly as a fixing point for fall prevention equipment.

12.13 Electrical connections
Dangerous electrical voltage

All electrical connections involve a risk of making a direct or indirect

electrical contact. Contact could result in a serious, and possibly fatal,
electric shock.

Connected components must be installed only by authorised experts

(officially licensed electricians) in accordance with local regulations.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 27/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

12.14 Generator
Dangerous electrical voltage

The voltage produced by the generator is deadly.

Contact could result in a serious, and possibly fatal, electric shock.

Connected components must be installed only by authorised experts (officially licensed electricians) in
accordance with local regulations.
Make sure that the generator is earthed before it is operated for the first time.

Extreme caution is required if the generator or the area around it is damp or wet.

In the event of an accident caused by electric shock, shut the module down immediately by pressing the
emergency stop button.

If the victim is injured or unconscious, summon a first-aider or medical assistance immediately.

If the generator is shut down by a safety device, do not restart it until the cause of the accident has been
remedied.

During the commissioning of the generator, the supplier of the power supply cubicle must implement the
protective measures required under local regulations.
Ensure proper earthing

The machine must be properly earthed to prevent contact voltages and

electrostatic charging contrary to regulations.
Make sure that the engine is resting on non-conductive rubber bearings.

Following steps should be taken when working in close proximity with a generator:
1. As with all naturally aspirated generators a catastrophic event could lead to sparks exiting the generator.
Therefore, in order to re-enforce our commitment to safe working conditions we remind you of the
following practical steps that should be taken while working in close proximity of a running alternator:
Particulary we recommend, that
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 28 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

a) A risk assessment is performed by the user/operating company to determine all personnel related risks
and the relevant personnel should be aware of these. Access to the power plant/generator set during oper-
ation should be restricted to personnel who have been trained.
b) personnel in the proximity of an operational generator should, at all times, wear suitable protective
clothing in accordance with the risks identified in para. 1.a. above, and with consideration to the following:
The following aspects in particular must be borne in mind:
Ear protection
Head and face protection
Safety footwear
Overalls that protect the lower arms and legs
2. Any work that is likely to require access to electrical conductors must be performed in compliance with all
local and national electrical safety procedures that are applicable to the site and to the voltage levels
involved as well as any site specific rules. In addition, all site-specific regulations must be observed.

12.15 Electrical cabinets
Dangerous electrical voltage

The voltage inside electrical cabinets is deadly.

Contact could result in a serious, and possibly fatal, electric shock.

Connected components must be installed only by authorised experts (officially licensed electricians) in
accordance with local regulations.

Make sure that the control cabinet is earthed before the plant is operated for the first time.

Extreme caution is required if the electrical cabinet or the area around it is damp or wet.

In the event of an accident caused by electric shock, shut the module down immediately by pressing the
emergency stop button.

If the victim is injured or unconscious, summon a first-aider or medical assistance immediately.

During the commissioning of the generator, the supplier of the power supply cubicle must implement the
protective measures required under local regulations.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 29/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Ensure proper earthing

The electrical cabinet must be properly earthed to prevent contact

voltages and electrostatic charging contrary to regulations.

Keep door closed

Proper operating conditions for electrical devices can only be achieved

with the cabinet door closed (e.g. weather exposure, heat, cold, dust, air-
conditioning in the cabinet, etc.)
This relates to all types of electrical cabinets, e.g. interface, control cabinet,
power cubicle, thermal reactor cabinet, etc.

Isolate from power supply before starting work

Caution: electrical cabinets can be supplied from a number of energy
sources!

Before starting work in electrical cabinets, isolate them from all energy
sources to prevent them from being reactivated and check to ensure that
the system is dead.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 30 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

12.16 Acoustic insulation (container; sound absorber hood)

Fire risk

There is a risk of fire if loose insulation material comes into contact with
hot engine parts.

Check acoustic insulation for damage,

Keep the machinery clean and carry out maintenance/inspection as
instructed.
Acoustic insulation must not be soaked with chemicals!

12.17 Battery
Corrosive substances
The batteries used by GE Jenbacher are filled with dilute sulphuric acid,
which may cause serious corrosion.
Avoid contact with eyes and skin!
Wear personal protective equipment.
Wear acid-resistant gloves, protective clothing, safety glasses and safety
footwear when handling battery acid!

Risk of explosion
During charging, batteries produce hydrogen and oxygen which under
certain conditions may form an explosive mixture.
The battery is charged with 24 V DC even when the control system is
switched off. Sparks generated at the battery poles can ignite an explosive
atmosphere.
Check that the battery poles are firmly secured. No smoking, no naked
lights, no sparks!
The battery acid level must always be between the minimum and
maximum markings.
Proper maintenance according to the maintenance schedule is a
condition!
There is an acute explosion hazard under the following conditions:
▷ The battery's acid level is lower than the acid-level "min" mark.
▷ The battery is short-circuited or heavily overloaded (e.g. attempted
engine start when the engine is blocked).
▷ Excessive charge voltage (> 30 V).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 31/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Battery acid may leak if batteries are damaged (e.g. during repair work), its
corrosive action causing damage to the environment and property. Acid
can also cause a chemical reaction with the lime in the concrete and
damage the floor.
Batteries, battery acid and rags contaminated with acid must be disposed
of as special waste.

12.18 Container/enclosure
Extreme caution is required when carrying out maintenance and installation work on the roof. Ensure workers
are always safely harnessed to prevent a fall!
Wear safety harness / Risk of falling

Climbing on to the roof without a safety harness is extremely dangerous.

Secure the safety harness to suitable points provided on the roof!

Use personal fall arrest equipment consisting of harness and associated equipment (safety rope, karabiner
hook, damper, lanyard or height safety device)!

The container or enclosure housing the plant must be designed so that

the plant does not pose any risks in the accessible area.

No ladders should be permanently attached to freely accessible

containers or enclosures, so as to prevent unauthorised persons from
climbing on to the roof.

Where pipework, ducts, system components, etc. have to be laid or installed in the accessible area, they must
be positioned at such a height that they cannot be used for climbing or the system components installed within
the danger zone will also have to be enclosed.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 32 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

If this is not possible, or if other dangers exist, the operator must secure the plant so as not to allow
unauthorised persons access to the danger zones.

Doors left open (e.g. during maintenance work) on the container, the
enclosure, the air intake, etc. can be slammed shut by a gust of wind. This
may result in hand or head injuries caused by crushing and impact.

Secure open doors with storm hooks (if available) or by other suitable
measures!

Keep door closed

All doors must be closed while the plant is operating! Proper operating
conditions can only be achieved with doors closed.

13 Maintenance and servicing

Note: The engine is liable to start without warning.

The customer must make sure that the relevant safety precautions have been taken before performing
any maintenance work on the engine.

See point 3 of these safety instructions, “Health and safety during operation and maintenance”.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 33/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Before commencing maintenance work, shut down the engine as described below and make sure that it
cannot be started inadvertently.

Shut down and secure

Shut-down procedure and securing: Refer to section on "Shut-down

procedure and securing" in these safety instructions.

Work on the installation may only be carried out by specialist staff having relevant electrical and mechanical
training. There may also be a service contract (maintenance or servicing contract), under which all servicing is
carried out by GE Jenbacher personnel.

Suitable safe lifting gear must be used when fitting or removing heavy components. Handling heavy
components gives rise to a risk of severe crushing and impact injuries due to the heavy weight of the
components. Wear personal protective equipment such as safety footwear, protective clothing, hand
protection and safety helmet.

Working at height (above 1.2 m):

When working at height (above 1.2 m), where the provision of technical safeguards (e.g. handrails, work
platforms, etc.) is either impossible or impractical, you should use personal fall arrest equipment consisting of a
harness and associated equipment (safety rope, carabiner hook, energy absorber, rope shortener or fall
arrester).

Poisonous gases in vessels below ground level, or in basins and pits.

Poisonous gases can accumulate in basins and pits, as well as in vessels

below ground level (e.g. condensate tanks).

Ensure proper ventilation or extraction to remove gas concentrations.

Check the maximum admissible work place values (gas concentration).

Wear gas sensors (appropriate to the poisonous gas components)

gas components)as personal protective equipment.

If the maximum admissible workplace values cannot be guaranteed, suitable breathing apparatus must be
worn.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 34 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Before carrying out any work on the plant, the customer has a duty to ensure that safety will not be
compromised.
Maintenance and repair work must be carried out with care. Temporary measures are not permitted:
▪ never "repair" fuses
▪ never deliberately ignore or re-use defective parts
▪ never place "drip catchers" under leaks
▪ never tighten bolts, which have a specified tightening torque, contrary to the instructions
▪ never make temporary repairs
▪ never implement unsystematic and unsuitable fault-finding procedures
Temporary repairs and makeshift arrangements may result in serious injury or damage the machinery.

Only repair methods specified in the engine documentation are allowed and may to be used.

DANGER
If the safety equipment for maintenance/servicing work has been dismantled or
rendered ineffective:
All the safety equipment must be restored to its original condition and its effectiveness checked.

14 Cleaning
Fire risk

Cleaning agents are usually highly flammable.

When carrying out cleaning operations, only use approved cleaning agents
in well ventilated areas. Under no circumstances use petrol, paint thinners
and other easily vaporising agents!
Keep cleaning agents and solvents away from flames and flying sparks!

Poisonous gases

Avoid inhaling any gases as they may be fatal.

When carrying out cleaning operations, only use approved cleaning

agents in well ventilated areas!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 35/36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0005
Safety regulations

Read the labels on all cleaning agent containers and follow the
instructions.

Never use unlabelled products.

Note disposal requirements.

15 Disposal requirements for waste electrical and electronic equipment

Electrical and electronic equipment can contain harmful substances which
can affect the environment and human health.
WEEE symbol (Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment):
the symbol for the separated disposal of electrical and electronic equipment
is a crossed-out waste bin on wheels (Directive 2002/96/EC Waste Electrical
and Electronic Equipment).
You must not dispose any electrical and electronic equipment marked with
this symbol (battery-operated electrical appliances, measurement equipment,
light-bulbs, etc.) in the domestic waste but dispose of these separately.
Always use the waste return and collection systems locally available and
contribute to the reuse, recycling and all other forms of use for waste
SprungMarke!!!54043195566186635
electrical and electronic equipment.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Hochrainer Responsible: Färber Jörg Release date: 22/07/2014
Index: 6 Page No.: 36 / 36
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

1 Purpose ....................................................................................................................................................... 1
2 LOTO Kit...................................................................................................................................................... 3
3 Incorrect applications.............................................................................................................................. 4
4 Shut-off valves........................................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 Main gas valve ............................................................................................................................................................ 6
4.2 Self-clamping ball valves ....................................................................................................................................... 7
5 Electrical components ............................................................................................................................. 9
5.1 Auxiliaries main breaker....................................................................................................................................... 10
5.2 Miniature circuit breakers.................................................................................................................................... 11
5.3 Motor protective circuit breaker....................................................................................................................... 14
5.4 Key-operated switches......................................................................................................................................... 14
5.5 Generator breaker - low-voltage ..................................................................................................................... 14
5.5.1 Non-withdrawable generator breaker 15
5.5.2 Withdrawable generator breaker 15
6 Affixing the marking ............................................................................................................................... 18
6.1 DANGER tag ............................................................................................................................................................... 19
6.2 CAUTION tag (transition tag) .............................................................................................................................. 19

The target recipients of this document are:

Distribution Partners, Service Partners, Commissioning Partners, Subsidiaries/Branches, Jenbach location
GE proprietary information: CONFIDENTIAL!
The information contained in this document is General Electric Company proprietary information and is
disclosed in confidence. It is the property of GE and may not be used, disclosed to others or reproduced
without the express written consent of GE. This includes, but is not limited to, use of the information to create,
manufacture, develop or derive any repairs, modifications, spare parts, designs or configuration changes, or to
obtain government or regulatory approval to do so. If consent is given for reproduction in whole or in part, this
notice and the notice set forth on each page of this document shall appear in any such reproduction in whole
or in part.
UNCONTROLLED WHEN PRINTED OR TRANSMITTED ELECTRONICALLY

1 Purpose
This Technical Instruction describes the possible uses of the LockOut/TagOut locking system (LOTO Kit) on GE
Jenbacher systems.
It is not intended to list every individual application but simply to show by means of application examples how
to proceed when locking out. Since the conditions on any particular site may be completely different, the
lockout devices may need to be used in a different way to that shown in the photos in order to be effective.
Using LOTO strategies to secure equipment against accidental re-connection is only one of five steps in the
safety circuit (see safety rules below). The other four steps must also be followed to ensure safety at work.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

WARNING
Danger of death due to electrical voltage!
When working on electrical systems, you must always follow the five safety rules for electrical
work as specified in EN 50110-1:
a) Disconnect completely
b) Secure against re-connection (LOTO)
c) Verify that the installation is dead
d) Carry out earthing and short-circuiting
e) Provide protection against adjacent live parts

Basic principles of LOTO applications

1. The LOTO lockout device is must always be secured by a personal red padlock.
2. The key to the personal LOTO padlock must never be made available to another person during the work.
3. The lockout must always be applied to whichever system securely prevents the plant part which is being
worked on from operating.
4. If more than one person is operating on the plant (including from outside firms), the LOTO device is fitted
with a hasp and each participant inserts his personal LOTO padlock in the hasp. The system cannot be
released until all the padlocks have been removed.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 2 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

2 LOTO Kit

1 Miniature circuit breaker lockout - Tie-Bar (TB) 7 Universal cable lockout

2 Miniature circuit breaker lockout - Pin-In 8 Universal lockout
Standard (PIS)
3 Miniature circuit breaker lockout - Pin-Out 9 Cable lockout (addition to universal lockout)
Standard (POS)
4 Miniature circuit breaker lockout - Pin-Out 10 Additional arm for universal lockout
Wide (POW)
5 LOTO padlock 11 Large hasp
6 480 V breaker lockout 12 Small hasp
Read the safety and hazard advice in the safety instructions (TI 2300-0005) and wear the appropriate personal
protective equipment. GE personnel must also observe the information in the Safety Risk Assessment (SRA).
The LOTO kit must only be used by authorised persons. To obtain the "LOTO Authorised" qualification, a person
must complete the "Lockout / Tagout - Authorised Employee (Initial) [CEP-34] at http://mylearning.ge.com, pass
the associated test, and carry out a practical demonstration of a LOTO application in the presence of another
LOTO-authorised person. The on-line training must be refreshed every 2 years, and the practical demonstration
must be repeated annually.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 3/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

If one of the LOTO components becomes defective or is lost, please contact your EHS officer so that he can
replace the defective component or complete the LOTO kit.

3 Incorrect applications

DANGER
Faulty locking
The following examples show the results of incorrectly-executed lockout procedures. Such
applications are equivalent to no lock at all!

Key not withdrawn!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 4 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

Lockout device locked with a normal combination

padlock (e.g. a toolbox padlock) instead of a lockout
padlock.

Lockout device only secured by a cable tie.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 5/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

Unmarked padlock and no sign. One of the two

possible ways of marking (directly on the padlock /
separate tag) must be used.

4 Shut-off valves

4.1 Main gas valve

Main gas valve

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 6 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

Main gas valve locked out with universal lockout and

additional arm

Main gas valve locked out with universal ball valve

cable lockout

4.2 Self-clamping ball valves

Ball valve locked with universal lockout: valve interlock
cannot be released

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 7/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

Ball valve locked with universal lockout: valve interlock

cannot be released

Ball valve locked with universal cable lockout: ball

cannot be turned

Ball valve locked out with universal lockout and

additional arm: ball cannot be turned

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 8 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

5 Electrical components

WARNING
Live electronic components
Dangerous voltages can be present at the outputs of electronic components (e.g. frequency
converters and soft starters) even when the input sides of these components are separated from
the mains or no start command is issued. That dangerous voltage is also present at any
connected individual consumers (e.g. pumps, fans, etc.).
a) That is why - before beginning any maintenance activities - you must always make
absolutely sure that all supply voltages to these electrical components and connected
consumers are safely disconnected.
b) Having disconnected the supply voltage, wait for at least 5 minutes before opening the
equipment to make sure that all capacitators have been discharged.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 9/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

5.1 Auxiliaries main breaker

Auxiliaries main breaker - old version

Main / repair breakers can be locked out directly with
the lockout padlock.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 10 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

Auxiliaries main breaker - current version

Turn wheel (1) until the openings (2) for the lockout
padlock are accessible. The main breaker has space
for 3 lockout padlocks.

WARNING
Equipment still live even after being switched off at the main breaker!
The main breaker on auxiliary equipment may disconnect only one of several power supplies.
a) The UPS main breaker disconnects the UPS and its voltage outputs.
b) For multiple power supplies (e.g. UPS systems) to be securely locked out (LOTO), the electrical
circuit (see the appropriate wiring diagram for the system) must be disconnected and locked
out.

5.2 Miniature circuit breakers

Items 1 to 4 in Fig. 1 are intended mainly for miniature circuit breakers.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 11/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

Fit miniature circuit breaker lockouts (TB) between two

breakers, hook them in and screw them securely in
place.

Multiple circuit breakers locked out with TB lockout

and lockout padlock

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 12 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

Multiple circuit breakers locked out with POS lockout

and lockout padlock.
Select the lockout type (TB, PIS, POS, POW) depending
on the space between the breakers.
Lockouts that grip from the inside (POS or PO) or the
top/bottom (TB) are suitable for circuit breakers which
are not mounted separately.

Circuit breaker locked out with a TB lockout, hasp and

more than one lockout padlocks when more than one
person is working on the plant.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 13/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

5.3 Motor protective circuit breaker

Motor protective circuit breaker locked out with a
universal cable lockout.

5.4 Key-operated switches
480 V breaker lockout can also be used for key-
operated switches. The lockout covers the keyhole.
Only works if the locked-out switch cannot be turned
without the key!

5.5 Generator breaker - low-voltage

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 14 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

5.5.1 Non-withdrawable generator breaker

Check that the generator breaker (2) is displayed as
being OPEN in the control system (screen 11.1).

Check that the main breaker is OFF in the mode

selection display (2).
Pull out the LOTO latch (1) and lock it with the LOTO
padlock.

5.5.2 Withdrawable generator breaker

1. Check that the generator breaker (2) is displayed as
being OPEN in the control system (screen 11.1).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 15/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

2. Check that the main breaker is OFF in the mode

selection display (1).

1 Mode selection display 4 Crank handle socket

2 Recessed folding crank handle 5 Crank interlock release
3 Breaker position display 6 LOTO latch

3. Take out the crank handle (2) and insert it in the

socket (4).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 16 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

4. Press the interlock release (5) and wind out the

generator breaker.

5. In the test position, the crank interlock release will

re-engage. Press the crank interlock release (5) again
until the breaker position display (3) is at the bottom
position "Released".

6. Pull out the LOTO latch (6) and lock it with the LOTO
padlock.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 17/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

Generator breaker locked out

6 Affixing the marking

The marking can be affixed either directly to the padlock or to tags.

Minimum information:
▪ name of the person locking out (to be written on the padlock with a permanent marker)
▪ lockout date (with a non-permanent marker)
▪ Reason for lockout

Optional information:
▪ provisional release date
If not included in the LOTO kit, the "CAUTION" and "DANGER" tags can be ordered from any GE Jenbacher office
or directly from GE Jenbacher.

NOTICE
LOTO marking:
The LOTO markings must always be affixed directly to the padlock with a cable tie!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 18 / 19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Technical Instruction: TA 2300-0010
Guidelines for using the LOTO kit

6.1 DANGER tag
The name of the person working on the engine must
be written on the front (1) of the tag.

The current date must be written on the back (2). You

can also add any further information.

6.2 CAUTION tag (transition tag)

The following must be written on the back (2) of the
tag:
- the name of the person who affixed the transition tag
- the date it was affixed
- any other information

SprungMarke!!!36028797922688011

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku/Boxleitner Responsible: EHS / Csohany Release date: 02/07/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 19/19
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
3 Maintenance plan
3.1
Maintenance plan - specific intervals

Inspection work Number/Section Interval Remark

Daily inspection round I 9003 0 daily Carry out daily visual inspection of the
module.
Generator --- daily Record bearing temperature
Visual Inspection
Oil filter cartridge - engine W 8038 M4 daily You must replace the oil filter cartridge if
the oil pressure falls below 3.5 bar for a
longer period of time during engine
operation.
Operational data --- daily Gather the operational data daily.
In-line air filter - engine IW 8040 A4 daily If the underpressure indicator value
exceeds 1,5kPa (at J412- J420) or 2,5kPa
(at J424) you should replace the filter
cartridges (but after 4,000 operating
hours at the latest).
Ignition voltage check/ IW 0309 M0 weekly < 250 oh The result of the ignition voltage check to
Spark plugs be carried out weekly serves as the
indicator for the actual service life of the
spark plug.
Lubricating oil IW 0102 M4 For the first time Depending on the fuel gas class
TA 1000-0099A after 75 Oh according to TA 10001109, the first
TA 1000-0099B engine lubricating oil analyses can also
TA 1000‑0099C be carried out at a later stage according
TA 1000‑1109 to TA 1000‑0099C.
The results from the engine lubricating oil analyses dictate
the actual measuring intervals and oil change periods.
Battery TA 1000-0050 once a month Check the acid level. Check if the pole
binders are properly secured.
control cabinet cooling --- once every year Check for clogging and clean using
device compressed air, if necessary.
Cooling water W 8080 A0 according to Concentration inspection / Cooling water
TA 1000-0200 W 8080 A0 exchange

TA 1000-0201
TA 1000-0204
Condensate removal in the IW 8090 A0 2.000 oh at least check for gas leaks
fuel-gas system (if part of 4 times a year
GE Jenbacher variable
scope of supply) Automatic
condensate drain
Automatic condensate
removal
Manual condensate drains when required condensate drain
Exhaust gas system IW 8095 A0 monthly checking the condensate drain line in the
condensate drain line when required exhaust gas system
All pipes and components IW 8049 0 8.000 oh at least Leak test
carrying fuel gas and once a year only
mixtures natural gas

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Technology Release date: 03/02/2015
Index: 26 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
3.1
Maintenance plan - specific intervals

Inspection work Number/Section Interval Remark

Starter W 8032 M0 10.000 oh (or replace at 10.000 oh (or at a max. of
4.000 engine 4.000 engine starts)
starts)
Exhaust gas silencer --- six-monthly Check the exhaust silencer and
connection pieces for scaling and
cracking. Leaks can be recognised by a
change in colour or damage to the
insulation (noise) or a slight emission of
soot.
Repairs may only be carried out with
the manufacturer's consent!
Prelubrication pump W 8054 M0 2.000 oh after 2.000 Oh or max. 1.500 engine
electric motor (1.500 engine starts - brush inspection
starts)
Main crankshaft bearings W 8050 M0 30.000 oh or max. replace at 30.000 oh or a maximum of
4.000 engine 4.000 engine starts
starts
Battery in DIANE module --- once every 2 replace
years
Storage battery at battery --- once every 2.5 replace
charger years
Emissions measurement -- Measure the If it is not possible to keep to the engine
Cleaning the combustion W 8056 M4 emissions as laid emission values, check the relevant
chamber down by the setting parameters and, if necessary,
authorities or at adjust them. If these measures are
least every six insufficient, carry out the appropriate
months cleaning and maintenance operations on
the engine or on the plant, e.g. clean the
combustion chamber as described in
W 8056 M4 or carry out maintenance
work on the catalyst system.
Proper maintenance according to the maintenance plan is a condition for the acceptance of warranty claims.
The risk assessment to be performed by the plant operator and the official and quasi-official safety rules and
laws may give rise to acceptance tests, inspections and maintenance operations which are not included in the
Maintenance Plan. The operator is responsible for implementing and enforcing these additional measures.
The maintenance intervals are based on empirical values during average types of operation while fully
complying with the manufacturer’s operating and maintenance instructions. In individual cases, the specific
operating conditions and other factors relating to wear may affect the actual amount of maintenance required.
The manufacturer therefore reserves the right to specify different maintenance intervals in individual cases.
After the overhaul following 60,000 operating hours, the maintenance work to be carried out is repeated at the
same intervals.
SprungMarke!!!225179981435815435

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Technology Release date: 03/02/2015
Index: 26 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
3.2
Maintenance plan - operating hours intervals

Inspection work/Maintenance work Number Operating hours

10000
11000
12000
13000
14000
15000
16000
17000
18000
19000
20000
21000
22000
23000
24000
25000
26000
27000
28000
29000
30000
31000
32000
33000
34000
35000
36000
37000
38000
39000
40000
41000
42000
43000
44000
45000
46000
47000
48000
49000
50000
51000
52000
53000
54000
55000
56000
57000
58000
59000
60000
<100
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
Maintenance after initial commissioning W 1000 4 ■
Inspection I 0103 4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ignition W 0303 M0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Valve clearance W 0400 M4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture W 8080 A0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
recirculating water
GE Jenbacher switchgear cabinets W 8031 A0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Control rod assembly/throttle valve/actuator W 0200 M4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Gas pressure control system W 8045 A0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Pre-lubrication pump W 8054 M0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Crankcase ventilation W 0507 M4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NOx measurement IW 8057 M4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
In-line air filter - engine IW 8040 A4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Coupling housing on elastic bearings IW 8079 A4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
leak test IW 8049 0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
starter W 8032 M0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Vibration damper W 0601 M0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Exhaust-gas turbocharger W 8023 M0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Engine cooling water pump W 0203 A6 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Mixture bypass valve W 0802 M0 ■ ■ ■
Gas quantity controller W 0705 M0 ■ ■ ■ ■
Piston/Piston cooling W 8047 M0 ■ ■
Connecting rods and connecting rod bearings W 8048 M0 ■ ■
Cylinder liner W 8049 M0 ■ ■
Main crankshaft bearings W 8050 M0 ■ ■
Camshaft/control system W 8052 M0 in the course of the cylinder head exchange ■ in the course of the cylinder head exchange ■
Platen-type heat exchanger W 8043 A0 ■
Overhaul W 2100 M0 ■
Generator W 8037 A0 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Elastomer components W 8033 4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Exhaust gas manifold/Insulation W 8051 M0 in the course of the cylinder head exchange
Cylinder head replacement W 8053 M4 if required
Please note that properly carried out maintenance work is to be acknowledged by filling in the maintenance record sheet.
SprungMarke!!!279223176982513547

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Technology Release date: 03/02/2015
Index: 32 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
4 Inspection and maintenance work
Inspection work: I 0103 4
Inspection

1 Heat exchanger mixture / water............................................................................................................ 1

1.1 To measure differential pressure on the mixture side ............................................................................. 1
1.2 Mixture-side cleaning .............................................................................................................................................. 1
2 Data collection for the flexibly-mounted coupling housing ............................................................. 1
3 Crankcase ventilation system ................................................................................................................ 2
Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.
Interval: every
Inspection work 2000 Oh 4000 Oh 10,000 Oh
10 Mixture/water heat exchanger ■
4 Flexibly-mounted coupling housing ■
2 Crankcase ventilation system ■

1 Heat exchanger mixture / water

1.1 To measure differential pressure on the mixture side

Connect a pressure gauge to the measuring points.
Carry out the differential pressure measurement while the system is at full load.
Enter the measuring values in the table Operational data – Heat exchanger mixture / water
(E 0103 a).

If the differential pressure exceeds the value measured at initial commissioning by ≥ 20 mbar (200 mm water
column), the heat exchanger should be cleaned on the mixture side.

1.2 Mixture-side cleaning
Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.
Before starting the cleaning procedure, check that the intercooler is fully cooled down!
Remove the cooler from the engine.
Install the connection and blind flanges.
Wash out the dry cooler in a solvent (e.g. "P3 - Kaltreiniger") and rinse thoroughly with a powerful jet of water.
Solvents must be used which are not aggressive to nickel-plated brass or tin.

2 Data collection for the flexibly-mounted coupling housing

Measure the gap width at 4 places on the circumference (set value 14 mm ± 1 mm).
Enter the measured values in the Data collection for the flexibly-mounted coupling housing
(E 8079 4) table.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 04/02/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection work: I 0103 4
Inspection

The radial alignment of the generator may need to be corrected as described in IW 8079 A4.

3 Crankcase ventilation system

Connect a pressure gauge to the blow-by separator's measuring points.
Carry out the differential pressure measurement while the system is at full load.
Enter the measured values in the table Operational data – crankcase ventilation system
(E 0103 f).

If the differential pressure measured exceeds 20 mbar (200 mm water column), the blow-by separator must be
replaced. Having replaced the blow-by separator, you must measure the differential pressure again. If the
differential pressure exceeds 20 mbar with the new filter, you must inspect the cylinders for possible piston
friction using an endoscope.
SprungMarke!!!18014398699827083

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 04/02/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection work: I 9003 0
Daily inspection round

1 Scope
This Inspection Instruction applies to all GE Distributed Power modules with Type 2, 3, 4 and 6 engines.

2 Purpose
This Inspection Instruction describes the inspection work to be carried out on a daily basis.

3 Visual inspection / leak test

Check the entire plant
▪ for dirt contamination and make sure that all systems and components are free of foreign bodies, dirt,
parts lying around, tools, etc.
▪ for cracks, breakages, deformation of mounted parts and components.
▪ for leaks, especially hoses, lines, valves and fittings, compensators, etc.
▪ See the separate Maintenance Work for the generator visual inspection.

Gas and dual-fuel engines only:

Caution if carbon monoxide (CO) is present in the fuel gas:
Carbon monoxide is a poisonous, odourless, colourless, highly flammable gas, which is about as heavy as air.
If the fuel gas contains CO, CO sensors must be worn as personal protective equipment.

3.1 Piping and components carrying fuel gas and mixture (only for gas and dual-fuel engines)
If a leak is found, repair it immediately. A serious gas leak can be detected by its smell. If the precise location of
the leak cannot be pinpointed, use a gas leak detector or leak detection spray as an aid.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Nübling J. Release date: 07/11/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection work: I 9003 0
Daily inspection round

3.2 Piping and components carrying diesel fuel (only for diesel and dual-fuel engines)
Inspect all high-pressure and low-pressure fuel lines visually for leaks.
Check the high-pressure fuel line leakage oil collector as well. Small accumulated quantities (e.g. resulting from
maintenance work) in the collector are acceptable and should be emptied as necessary.
If a leak is found, repair it immediately.

Check the differential pressure display at the top of the water separator. If the white control area is inside the
red arrows, replace the filter as described in the Maintenance Work.

3.3 Exhaust piping
Leaks can be determined through a change in colour or damage of the insulation (noise) or a slight emission of
soot.

3.4 Water/water water/oil platen-type heat exchanger (if part of Jenbacher's scope of supply)
Carry out a visual inspection to check for leaks and, if necessary:
▪ replace the platen-type heat exchanger, if of the soldered type;
▪ replace the leaky plates or the gaskets in the case of the bolted type.

3.5 Oil/water temperature controller

Carry out a visual inspection to check for leaks. If you find any leaks, replace the gaskets.

3.6 Vibration dampers
Check the vibration damper cap for damage and traces of oil splashes (leaks). Even a small amount of damage
of the vibration damper can have a huge impact on the operation or even lead to total malfunction. In the
event of damage or leaks, immediately replace the vibration damper, otherwise the crankshaft may break.

3.7 Electrical engine cooling water pump (if fitted)

Check the engine cooling water pump for leaks. Replace the gasket set in the case of leaks.
Check the engine cooling water pump for unusual noises. If need be, replace the bearing in the pump motor.

3.8 Mechanical engine cooling water pump (if fitted)

If water is exiting the inspection hole, the mechanical seal is defective.
A few drops per minute may be considered as normal.
If oil is exiting, the rotary shaft seal is leaking.
The inspection hole must not be blocked. (Check for blockages using a wire.)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Nübling J. Release date: 07/11/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 2 / 3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection work: I 9003 0
Daily inspection round

Illustration of Type 3 engine as an example

① Mechanical seal ③ Inspection hole
② Rotary shaft seal

4 Heat exchanger exhaust gas/water (if included in the GE Jenbacher scope of supply)

4.1 Condensate line
Check the condensate drain and connection for deposits. If necessary, clean it so that the condensate can flow
freely through the drain.

4.2 Condensate/neutralisation granulate reservoir:

Check the built-in filters and the neutralisation granulate for deposits and replace if necessary.

5 Checking the exhaust gas back pressure monitoring (if fitted)

Remove the screw plug and check for condensates. Check the line for deposits and, if necessary, clean it.

6 Occurrence of unusual noises during operation

Listen out for unusual noises during operation, find out what is causing them and rectify the fault. If you are
unable to establish the cause or rectify the fault, please contact the Customer Service.
SprungMarke!!!36028797077257995

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Nübling J. Release date: 07/11/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 3/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0102 M4
Lubricating oil

1 Information ................................................................................................................................................ 1
2 Procedure when changing oil ................................................................................................................. 1
2.1 Draining lubricating oil............................................................................................................................................ 1
2.2 Fill with lubricating oil.............................................................................................................................................. 1
3 Key to Figures: ........................................................................................................................................... 2
Operational data: E 0101
Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.

1 Information
Only use engine lubricating oil mentioned in GE Jenbacher Technical Instructions.
The oil service life is substantially affected by the operating conditions. It is therefore impossible to make any
general statements as to the oil-change intervals. To use the oil as efficiently as possible, we recommend
determining its service life by means of oil analyses.
TI 1000-0099A ,
TI 1000-0099B
and TI 1000-0099C describe the sampling and testing procedure for the oil analyses.
Enter the dates of oil analyses and/or oil changes in the table Operational data – Engine
lubricating oil (E 0101).

If the engine lubricating oil has been contaminated with water, the engine oil and oil-filter element should be
changed.
Following this procedure, the engine must be allowed to idle for approx. 10 minutes. After switching the engine
off, the engine oil and filter element should once again be changed.

2 Procedure when changing oil

2.1 Draining lubricating oil

Drain the waste oil while the engine is at operating temperature.
Turn 3-way cock h3 into the "Drain" position.
Open shut-off valve ha.
Open the shut-off valve at the lowest point of the lubricating oil piping to drain the lubricating oil cooler.
It is important that the system is drained thoroughly in order to avoid contaminating the fresh oil with too
much residual used oil (pump off once more after 15 min if necessary).
The engine must never be started before the oil circulation system has been filled!
(Danger of severe damage!)

2.2 Fill with lubricating oil

Shut-off valve ha remains open.
Close the shut-off valve at the lowest point of the oil piping (lubricating oil cooler).
Turn 3-way cock h3 into the "Fill" position.
Open 2-way valve v2 manually.
The difference in level between the oil pan and the fresh-oil tank will cause the engine lubricating oil to run into
the oil pan.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 01/02/2012
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0102 M4
Lubricating oil

Fill the oil pan to the first indicator on the dip stick.
Close 2-way valve v2 manually.
Run the electrical pre-startup lubrication system for a few minutes in order to fill the lubricating oil cooler.
Check the oil level once again and, if necessary, fill up as described to the marking on inspection glass 1.

3 Key to Figures:

1 inspection glass oa Connection for used oil tank

ha Shut-off valve of Connection for fresh oil tank
SprungMarke!!!9007199308468107
h3 3-way cock v2 2-way valve

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 01/02/2012
Index: 2 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

1 Important ................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.1 Required regulations/materials/tools.............................................................................................................. 2
1.1.1 Safety instructions 2
1.1.2 Operation 3
1.1.3 Tightening torques 3
1.1.4 Tool/lubricant 3
1.2 Spark plug type........................................................................................................................................................... 4
1.3 Electrode air gap........................................................................................................................................................ 4
1.4 Spare spark plugs...................................................................................................................................................... 4
1.5 Ignition voltage range ............................................................................................................................................. 4
1.6 Ignition voltage measurement:........................................................................................................................... 4
2 Set values for spark plugs ....................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Type 2, 3 and 4 engines.......................................................................................................................................... 5
2.2 Type 6 and 9 engines............................................................................................................................................... 5
3 Checking the spark plugs (measuring the ignition voltage) ............................................................. 6
3.1 Example of ignition voltage increase during operation .......................................................................... 6
4 Operational data....................................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 Ignition voltage requirement ............................................................................................................................... 7
4.2 Spark plug type........................................................................................................................................................... 7
4.3 Optimal electrode distance................................................................................................................................... 7
5 Removing the spark plugs....................................................................................................................... 7
5.1 Ignition systems with ignition coils ................................................................................................................... 8
5.2 Ignition systems with external coils.................................................................................................................. 8
5.2.1 Spark plug connectors which are mounted directly on the spark plug 8
5.2.2 Life Saver spark plugs with bayonet fitting 9
5.2.3 Life saver spark plugs without bayonet fitting 10
6 Cleaning hints.......................................................................................................................................... 10
7 Wearing characteristics and adjusting the spark plugs ................................................................. 11
7.1 Analysing used spark plugs ................................................................................................................................ 11
7.1.1 Premature sparking / overheating 11
7.1.2 Faulty noble metal electrode 11
7.1.3 Silicon and combustion deposits 12
7.1.4 Electrode short-circuit 12
7.2 Adjusting the spark plugs .................................................................................................................................... 13
7.2.1 P3.V3 and P3.V5 spark plugs 13
7.2.2 Spark plugs 7.1V5 and P7.1V6 14
7.2.3 Denso 3-1 spark plug 14
7.2.4 Denso 518 spark plug 15
7.2.5 JenP603 spark plug 16
8 Fitting the spark plugs ........................................................................................................................... 16
8.1 Ignition systems with ignition coils ................................................................................................................. 17
8.2 Ignition systems with external coils................................................................................................................ 17
8.2.1 Spark plug connectors which are mounted directly on the spark plug 17
8.2.2 Life-saver spark plug connector with bayonet fitting 17
8.2.3 Life saver spark plugs without bayonet fitting 19
8.3 High-voltage cable ................................................................................................................................................. 19
9 Checking following recommissioning ................................................................................................. 19
Operational data: E 0309

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

1 Important
This instruction describes how to measure the ignition voltage supply of the ignition coils and how to
adjust the distance between the ignition coil electrodes in a professional manner.
Tip: Please report cases of damage immediately to GE Jenbacher Reliability Group!
(Tel. +43 5244 600 2265)

1.1 Required regulations/materials/tools

1.1.1 Safety instructions

DANGER
Hot spark plug surfaces
After the engine has been shut down, the spark plug surfaces are hot and can have a
temperature up to 110 °C. Always take great care when touching hot spark plugs and use
appropriate safety equipment (gloves).

NOTICE
Surfaces sensitive to dirt
Always use clean gloves to touch the surfaces. Dirt and grease on spark plugs adversely affect
their function.

DANGER
High voltage in the ignition system
For safety reasons, the high-voltage cable and the insulator must not be touched while the
engine is in operation or during an ignition self-test. An exception to the above is touching both
components with a properly earthed tool such as high-voltage measuring pliers.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 2 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

ATTENTION
Before performing any work on the plant, the maintenance staff must ensure that the relevant
safety precautions have been observed regarding the activities to be carried out.
a) For safety precautions, please refer to the operation or maintenance description.
b) Do not apply an excessive amount of paste to the thread. See the safety sheet for safe
handling of the paste.
c) Observe the correct tightening torque in order to ensure proper operation of the spark plug.
If the tightening torque is too high or too low, this can pose a danger to persons and lead to
damage to the spark plug and spark plug connector.
d) Spark plugs that have been subjected to an impact or fall when unpacked may no longer be
used in the engine, as their ceramic body may be cracked.
e) Check the ceramic body of a spark plug for cracks before fitting it in the engine. If any cracks
are found, the spark plug may no longer be used in the engine.
f) If unusual noises are heard from the engine, it must be shut down at once and the cause of
the noise remedied.
g) It is prohibited to approach the vicinity of the spark plugs until the engine has shut down.

1.1.2 Operation
▪ Engine switch-off, see TI No. 1100-0105.
▪ Operational spark plug data sheet E 0309.
▪ monic – dia-ne (monic is used to measure automatically the ignition voltages of all cylinders), see TI no.
1400-0104.
▪ Checking the spark plugs using a digital storage oscilloscope, see TI No. 1400-0111.
▪ Using the Fluke 123 digital storage oscilloscope, see TI No. 1400-0151.
▪ Using the high-voltage pliers, see TI No. 1400-0149.
▪ Use with the MORIS ignition system, see TIs nos. 1502-0068 and 1502-0071.
▪ Using the adjustment tool for spark plugs with hook electrodes: TI no. 1400-0162.

1.1.3 Tightening torques
▪ Tightening torques type 2 and 3 engines, see TI No. 1902-0212.
▪ Tightening torques type 4 engine, see TI No. 1902-0213.
▪ Tightening torques type 6 engine, see TI No. 1902-0228.

1.1.4 Tool/lubricant
▪ Digital storage oscilloscope (DSO) e.g.: Fluke 123 (not for MONIC or MORIS)
▪ BNC connection cable (not for MONIC or MORIS)
▪ Pointed pliers
▪ Feeler gauge
▪ Socket wrench with extension piece
▪ Strap wrench (to disassemble the integral coils)
▪ Universal lubricant:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 3/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

Type 2, 3 and 4 engines: "ULTRA-THERM“

Part No. 323765 (fluid in bottles) or
Part. No. 128407 (spray)
Type 6 and 9 engines: "NEVER-SEEZ“
Part no. 305045

1.2 Spark plug type

GE Jenbacher specifies the spark-plug type for every individual installation,
always taking into account the installation-specific operating conditions.
It is forbidden to use a spark plug type other than the one specified by GE Jenbacher. Doing so will immediately
restrict or even nullify any warranty and guarantee claims. The use of any spark plug type other than specified
will require GE Jenbacher prior written approval and clearance.

1.3 Electrode air gap

In principle, a smaller electrode distance will result in a prolonged cycle time. This in turn is a prerequisite for
ensuring a longer spark plug service life and lower maintenance costs.
To increase the reliability of operation and the service life of the spark plugs, correct maintenance is an
absolute necessity. It is especially important to use the correct measurement technique and to adjust the
electrode gap expertly and in good time.
For long service intervals, it is extremely important to ensure that the spark plug electrode surfaces are parallel.
Adjusting the spark plug may lead to the electrode surfaces not being parallel, which in turn results in a shorter
spark plug service life.

1.4 Spare spark plugs

Another means of keeping maintenance costs as low as possible is to adjust or replace a complete set of spark
plugs at a time (prepared beforehand) and not to adjust the individual spark plugs of a machine. This procedure
clearly makes more sense for installations which operate without direct supervision.

1.5 Ignition voltage range

The ignition voltage range and the installation-specific electrode distance which guarantee a smooth misfire-
free operation depend on many influencing factors, such as engine output, condition of the ignition coils and
the ignition system, gas composition, methane number and emissions. Consequently, these values may be
subject to local restraints and variations.

1.6 Ignition voltage measurement:

In order to identify the right point in time to adjust the spark plugs, you will have to perform an ignition voltage
measurement and inspect the corresponding documentation (data sheet entry). Measurement recordings are
especially important when carrying out analyses of malfunctions.
We particularly advise you to carry out the ignition voltage measurement prior to periods in which a special
degree of reliability is required (e.g. weekends).

2 Set values for spark plugs

The following ignition voltage requirement (at full load) must not be exceeded for any reason.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 4 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

2.1 Type 2, 3 and 4 engines

Spark plug setting
Application Ignition voltage Guide value:
requirement electrode
distance
Spark-plug type Engine type NOx [mg/Nm³] Gas type < kV mm
P3.V3 2, 3, 4, 250 - 500 landfill gas 32 0.35
sludge gas
Natural gas
Mine gas
Propane gas
P3.V3 2, 3, 4, 250 - 500 biogases 32 0.35
wood gas
pyrolysis gas
Process gas
P7.1V5 3, 4, 500 Landfill gas 32 0.35
Sludge gas
Natural gas
Mine gas
Propane gas
P7.1V6 3, 4, 500 biogases 32 0.35
wood gas
pyrolysis gas
Process gas

2.2 Type 6 and 9 engines

Spark plug setting
Application Ignition Guide value:
voltage electrode
requirement distance
Spark-plug type Standard series NOx [mg/Nm³] Gas type < kV mm
Denso 3-1 Type 6 to version C 250 - 500 Landfill Gas 35 0.3
Natural gas
Sludge gas
Denso 3-1 Type 6 engine - all 250 - 500 Special gas 35 0.3
on request versions:
Denso 518 Type 6 as from version 250 - 500 Landfill Gas 35 0.3
E, Type 9 all versions Natural gas
Sludge gas
JenP603 6 and 9 500 Natural gas 35 0.3

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 5/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

3 Checking the spark plugs (measuring the ignition voltage)

Checking the spark plugs using the Fluke 123 digital storage oscilloscope and the BNC connecting cable, see TI
No. 1400-0151.
The spark plugs can only be assessed with the engine at full load and the Leanox controller fully adjusted.
The electrode gap must be adjusted or the spark plugs replaced if misfiring occurs, but at 32 kV (Type 2, 3 and
4 engine) and 35 kV (Type 6 engine) respectively at the latest.
Depending on the gas type and emissions, the operational range of a specific installation may be limited.

3.1 Example of ignition voltage increase during operation

To ensure a maximum service life or cycle time for the spark plugs, operation should be started at low
ignition voltages and be ended at ignition voltages which are as high as possible, without endangering
uninterrupted engine operation.
Simply stated, the ignition voltage increases as the service life of the spark plug increases. If the initial voltage is
low and the end voltage is high, the operating time (cycle time) elapsed will be longer.

Operating period v. ignition voltage

Examining the curved shape provides valuable information on the condition of the ignition system as a whole
(spark plug, spark plug connector, ignition coil). This allows defects to be detected in their initial stages, so that
corrective measures can be taken.

4 Operational data
In the case of ignition or spark plug problems, these data provide important information about how to
solve the problem quickly.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 6 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

4.1 Ignition voltage requirement

Operational spark plug data (E 0309) – not for monic:
Enter the measured ignition voltage requirement in the operational spark plug data (E 0309)
table.

4.2 Spark plug type

Operational spark plug data (E 0309):
Enter the spark plug type used in the Operational spark plug data (E 0309) table.

4.3 Optimal electrode distance

Operational spark plug data (E 0309):
Enter the optimal electrode distance determined for the installation in the operational spark
plug data (E 0309) table.

5 Removing the spark plugs

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 7/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

NOTICE
Surfaces sensitive to dirt
Always use clean gloves to touch the surfaces. Dirt and grease on spark plugs adversely affect
their function.
a) Before disassembling the spark plugs, check the spark plug sleeve for soiling. If necessary,
clean the opening using a vacuum cleaner.
b) Do not touch the integral coil, the spark plug connector and spark plugs with oily hands,
particularly insulating parts such as plastic and ceramic parts, and prevent these from
coming into contact with other greasy components.

5.1 Ignition systems with ignition coils

Loosen the primary side ignition coil connector.
Remove the screws on the integral coil.
Pull the integral coil with spark plug connector out of the spark plug shaft.
Attach a socket wrench with extension piece to the spark plug and unscrew it.
Pull out the spark plug using the socket wrench and ensure that the joint ring does not remain in the spark plug
sleeve. If necessary, the joint ring can be removed from the spark plug sleeve using a bar magnet.

5.2 Ignition systems with external coils

5.2.1 Spark plug connectors which are mounted directly on the spark plug

Spark plug connectors mounted directly on the spark plug

1. Remove the spark plug connector insulator from the spark plug by hand. The insulator must not be
disconnected from the cable.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 8 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

2. Attach a socket wrench with extension piece to the spark plug and unscrew it.
3. Pull out the spark plug using the socket wrench and ensure that the sealing ring does not remain in the
spark plug sleeve. If necessary, the sealing ring can be removed from the spark plug sleeve using a bar
magnet.

5.2.2 Life Saver spark plugs with bayonet fitting

Removing the spark plug

1. If the spark plug is connected to an R or M coil, undo the nuts on the R or M coil and pull the electrical plug
connector out of the spark plug.
2. Press the spark plug connector bayonet catch on the valve cover downwards and turn the arrow to the
position with the single red dot or the 0 position.

1. Remove the spark plug connector insulator from the spark plug by hand. The insulator must not be
disconnected from the cable. Use the groove as the point of application. Pull upwards using two fingers.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 9/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

2. Pull the spark plug connector out of the spark plug well.
3. Attach a socket wrench with extension piece to the spark plug and unscrew it.
4. Pull out the spark plug using the socket wrench and ensure that the sealing ring does not remain in the
spark plug sleeve. If necessary, the sealing ring can be removed from the spark plug sleeve using a bar
magnet.

5.2.3 Life saver spark plugs without bayonet fitting

Spark plug connector nuts

1. Undo the two nuts from the spark plug connector.

Remove the spark plug.

2. Undo the nuts on the R or M coil respectively and pull the electrical plug connector out of the spark plug.
3. Pull the spark plug connector out of the valve cover at the flange.
4. Attach a socket wrench with extension piece to the spark plug and unscrew it.
5. Pull out the spark plug using the socket wrench and ensure that the sealing ring does not remain in the
spark plug sleeve. If necessary, the sealing ring can be removed from the spark plug sleeve using a bar
magnet.

6 Cleaning hints
Before fitting new or newly adjusted spark plugs, clean the spark plug openings in the cylinder heads with a
vacuum cleaner and a suitable hose to remove any dried Ultratherm residue and other dust and dirt residues.
The spark plugs must neither be sand-blasted nor ground. They may become unusable as a result. The metal
coating on the combustion chamber side of the ceramic section may create external arc-over in the event of
damage.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 10 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

In order to avoid external arc-over, all spark plug extension plastic insulators (Hyperflon) must also be cleaned
accordingly.
Check that there is no foreign metal between the electrodes so as to prevent metal swarf from forming
jumpers.
The spark plug ceramic insulators must be free of grease, oil or Ultratherm residues. Clean any dirty parts with
a lint-free cleaning cloth wetted with a degreasing agent.
Do not wash the engine in the area near the spark plugs or the engine cylinder head.

7 Wearing characteristics and adjusting the spark plugs

Do not leave the feeler gauge between the spark plug electrodes when adjusting the electrode distance, as
the pressure could be transferred to the central electrode and may cause the nose of the spark-plug
insulator to break.
Only use the feeler gauge for checking the electrode distance.
When adjusting the electrodes, GE Jenbacher only use the pliers included in the scope of supply.

7.1 Analysing used spark plugs

7.1.1 Premature sparking / overheating

Spark plug external appearance:
Molten central and earth electrodes.
Melting beads and metallic deposits near electrode.

Type: P3.V3 or P3.V5 Type: P3.V3 or P3.V5 Type: P7.1V5 or P7.1V6

Possible causes Results / effects Corrective measure

The spark plug is insufficiently Power reduction followed by engine Visually inspect cylinder.
tightened. damage. Inspect (replace) ignition box.
Early sparking due to defective Possible spark plug insulator Install new spark plug.
ignition box. cracking due to overheated central
electrode. Clean piston and cylinder head near
Combustion knocking causing combustion room.
electrode to overheat.
Re-adjust LEANOX and re-establish
Defective valves. control for entire load range.
Auto-ignition due to deposits.
Incorrectly set LEANOX.

7.1.2 Faulty noble metal electrode

Spark plug external appearance:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 11/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

At one or more earth electrodes – loss of the precious metal.

Type: all spark plugs missing precious metal

Possible causes Results / effects Corrective measure.

Too much sulphur or ammonia in Ignition voltage increases sharply Use the right spark plug type
the fuel gas (see TI No. 1000-0300). when several electrodes fail.
Precious metal residues can get
stuck between valve and valve seat,
causing damage (valve burn-
through).
This can cause auto-ignition.

7.1.3 Silicon and combustion deposits

Spark plug external appearance:
Massive silicon and combustion deposits near the electrodes and the whirl chamber.

Type: all spark plugs

Possible causes Results / effects Corrective measure.

Silicon values (see TI No. Decreasing ignition voltages until Installing a new spark plug.
1000-0300). the cylinder fails. Carefully clean the spark plug
Increased oil consumption. Deposits can flake off, resulting in electrodes.
Poor blow-by oil separation. auto-ignition.

Defective piston rings.

7.1.4 Electrode short-circuit
Spark plug external appearance:
Thread (molten conductive precious metal) between central and earth electrode.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 12 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

Type: all spark plugs

Possible causes Results / effects Corrective measure

Insufficient distance between Continuously decreasing ignition Adjust electrodes correctly (see
electrodes. voltages until the cylinder in following instruction).
Incorrect spark-plug type. question fails completely (no more Adjust electrode distance using
combustion): feeler gauge.
Incorrect ignition point (spark-plug
overheating). Exhaust gas temperature drops far
below average value.
Combustion knocking (spark-plug
overheating).

7.2 Adjusting the spark plugs

7.2.1 P3.V3 and P3.V5 spark plugs

Wearing characteristics:
Approximately equal degree of material erosion at the central and earth electrodes.

① Feeler gauge ③ Central electrode

② Earth electrode
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 13/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

Adjustment:
Adjust the spark plugs from the inside to the outside so that these run parallel to the optimal electrode distance
(guide value 0.35 mm) using pointed pliers.

7.2.2 Spark plugs 7.1V5 and P7.1V6

Wearing characteristics:
Approximately equal degree of material erosion at the central and earth electrodes.

① Feeler gauge ③ Central electrode

② Earth electrode

Adjustment:
Adjust the spark plugs so that these run parallel to the optimal electrode distance (guide value 0.35 mm) using
pointed pliers.

7.2.3 Denso 3-1 spark plug

Wearing characteristics:
The precious-metal plates at the central and earth electrodes are seriously eroded. There is, however, enough
material left for continued operation.
1

① Earth electrode ③ Central electrode

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 14 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

② Electrode erosion

Adjustment:
Adjust the spark plugs so that these run parallel to the optimal electrode distance (guide value 0.3 mm) using
pointed pliers.
When adjusting the spark plugs, ensure that the electrodes are parallel to and right above each other.
Right Wrong

7.2.4 Denso 518 spark plug

Wear appearance:
The precious-metal plates at the central and earth electrodes are seriously eroded. There is, however, enough
material left for further operation. Make sure as well that the earth electrode carriers still have enough material
stock to prevent auto-ignition. On spark plugs operated at up to 35 kV, the electrode carrier is often so worn
that it tapers to a point or there is so little noble metal stock left that adjustment will result in severe knocking
or very short service intervals.

Denso 518 - can be adjusted

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 15/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

Denso 518 - adjustment not recommended due to the danger of auto-ignition

We therefore recommend operating the DENSO 518 at up to 35 kV after fitting new spark plugs, and thereafter
replacing them with new spark plugs.

Adjustment:
To adjust DENSO 518 spark plugs, use adjustment tool no. 9011882 as described in TI 1400-0162, Operating
Instructions for the adjustment tool for spark plugs with hook electrodes.

7.2.5 JenP603 spark plug

To adjust JenP603 spark plugs, use adjustment tool no. 9011882 as described in TI 1400-0162, Operating
Instructions for the adjustment tool for spark plugs with hook electrodes.

8 Fitting the spark plugs

Defective spark plug connectors that are damaged mechanically or which have a high-voltage flashover
or puncture must be replaced immediately.
Before fitting the spark plugs, the spark plug sleeve thread must be re-cut.
Grease the M18x1.5 thread die before re-cutting in order to trap lose material produced by the tap. While doing
this work, please ensure that the piston of the thread to be tapped is situated at bottom dead centre to prevent
the piston from being damaged by the tap.
Replace the spark plug joint ring (very important).
In the case of old sealing rings, combustion gases may escape which may rapidly overheat the spark
plugs. Even if the old seal is still functioning correctly, spark plug overheating may occur. This is the result
of a lack of heat transmission due to insufficient contact surface between the spark plug and the water-
cooled spark plug opening.
Moisten the spark plug screw thread using universal lubricant:
As a result of the heat transmission, the spark plug threads remain cool and do not become stuck enabling
future disassembly.
Fitting spark plugs: Never drop the spark plug into the opening (as the electrode distance may no longer be
correct as a result). The correct tightening torque is decisive for the spark plug’s service life and safety.
Fit a new joint ring.
Ensure that the flat side of the sealing ring is positioned on the spark plug sealing support.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 16 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

Ensure that the ribbed side of the sealing ring is positioned on the spark plug electrode side.
Apply universal lubricant to the spark plug screw thread.
Type 2, 3 and 4 engines: "ULTRA-THERM“
Part no. 323765 (fluid in bottles) or Rt. No. 128407
(Spray)
Type 6 and 9 engines: "NEVER-SEEZ“
Part no. 305045
Ensure that that the first part of the electrode side screw thread is correctly greased.
Do not spray the electrodes!
Insert the spark plug carefully using a self-clamping socket wrench. Tighten the spark plug first by hand and
then using a torque wrench (see TI 1902-.... for tightening torque).

When fitting spark plugs to all GE Jenbacher engines, especially however in the case of special gas direct
ignition type 6 engines (without pre-combustion chamber), pay attention to the following:
Ensure that the spark plug is fitted correctly into the spark plug sleeve. If you suspect that, because
▪ a spark plug can only be screwed in difficultly, or
▪ you need fewer turns to achieve the required torque, that the spark plug has not been fitted correctly, you
must remove the spark plug and check if it was fitted correctly. In this case you must check the pressing of
the spark plug sealing ring by comparing the height of the sealing ring present on the spark plug and a
new one.
▪ If the spark plug joint ring is not compressed in despite following the assembly procedure as described in
the TI, the fault must be found and rectified.
Possible errors:
a dirty and/or deformed spark plug or spark plug sleeve thread or foreign matter between spark plug
sleeve and spark plug, e.g. (parts of) a used sealing ring.
▪ If the spark plug is pressed in correctly, you may assume that all components are in good condition.

8.1 Ignition systems with ignition coils

Screw on the integral coil.
Fix the primary side ignition coil connector.

8.2 Ignition systems with external coils

8.2.1 Spark plug connectors which are mounted directly on the spark plug
Insert the spark plug connector insulator into the spark plug shaft and lock the spark plug into place. Locking
the spark plug into place must be accompanied by a noticeable click.

8.2.2 Life-saver spark plug connector with bayonet fitting

1. Insert the spark plug connector into the bayonet socket in the spark plug well and then lock it by turning
the arrow to the position with the single red dot or 0 and pressing it downwards.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 17/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

WARNING

1.
0 1

2. »click«
ISO 3864, ANSI Z535 JWN 080 080 / 403253

In the event of malfunction, specific components or the spark plugs as a whole may be forced or shot out
of the engine. This presents a risk to both people in the vicinity of the engine and to the engine itself. In or-
der to avoid this risk, the spark plug connector bayonet catch must be secured correctly before the engine
is started!
2. In the pressed position, turn the arrow to both green dots or the 1 and release. The bayonet catch will be
locked when it can no longer be turned or lifted.

Use the groove as the point of application and press down using two fingers.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 18 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

3. Following the locking of the bayonet catch, it is important that the spark plug connector is connected to the
spark plug electrically. This is achieved by pressing the insulator in the direction of the spark plug until it
locks with a noticeable click.

If the spark plug connector is connected to an R or M coil:

Plug the connector into the R or M coil and then hand-tighten the union nut.

8.2.3 Life saver spark plugs without bayonet fitting

▪ Insert the spark plug connector into the spark plug well, ensuring that the two valve cover studs pass
through the two holes in the flange on the spark plug connector.
▪ The spark plug connector must be placed on the spark plug.
▪ Put the nuts on the two valve cover studs and tighten them.
▪ Plug the connector into the R or M coil and then hand-tighten the union nut.

If the spark plug connector is connected to an R or M coil:

Plug the connector into the R or M coil and then hand-tighten the union nut.

8.3 High-voltage cable
Ensure that the high-voltage cable stars (distance pieces) are correctly mounted to prevent the high-voltage
cables and engine paintwork from being damaged – see pictures below.

Right Wrong

9 Checking following recommissioning

After recommissioning, the ignition voltage requirement must be checked and, if necessary, the values must be
noted down in the spark plug data (E 0309) table.
Start the engine and run at full-load operation.
After at least 30 minutes of full-load operation, check the voltages once more.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 19/20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 0309 M0
Ignition voltage check / Spark plugs

All the voltages should be in the range of ± 3 kV from average. If the voltage at one or more plugs is slightly
under this limit but the engine does not misfire at full load or in the range between full load and idling speed,
leave them as they are. Alternatively, the electrode distance of spark plugs with low voltage must be increased
by approximately 0.05 mm. The voltage must then be retested.
If the voltage is above this range, the engine must be shut down at the first opportunity. Reduce the electrode
distance slightly with respect to the first setting.
If misfiring is detected after renewed commissioning, this could be caused by the ignition-voltage requirement
being too low due to the electrode distance being too small, an incorrect engine setting or an incorrect fuel gas
(CH4:CO2) ratio (particularly in the case of landfill gas of varying gas quality).
SprungMarke!!!36028797069379723

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: TEAM/TEBM/TEE/VSR/VST Release date: 02/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 20 / 20
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8040 A4
In-line air filter engine type 4

1 Scope
This Maintenance Instruction applies to J412 - J420 Jenbacher modules.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the work to be carried out on in-line air filters.

3 Mintenance intervals-standard
Maintenance work Interval
Underpressure > 1.5 Pa After 4,000 operating Carried out by
hours at the latest
Filter cartridge replacement ■ ■ GEJ 1)
1)
By GE Jenbacher or authorised specialist personnel

4 In-line air filter

If the underpressure indicator value exceeds 1.5 kPa, you should replace the filter cartridges (but never later
than at the maintenance interval – which also corresponds to the expected replacement interval if the
specified G3 intake air filtration is fitted).

J412-J420 differential pressure gauge

5 Filter replacement
Shut down the engine in accordance with TI 1100-0105 and secure it against unauthorised restarting in
accordance with TI 2300-0010.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: TET/Lang Responsible: TET Release date: 19/01/2015
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8040 A4
In-line air filter engine type 4

Figure 2: In-line air filter with its cover plate removed (J412)

5.1 Opening the in-line air filter

To open the filter, open the quick-release locks (or screw connections) of the side cover and remove it sideways.
Subsequently, loosen the lock nut on the star-shaped closing plate. [see photograph 3].
Subsequently, unscrew the threaded rod as far as possible, thus fully loosening the filter package.

Figure 3: Threaded rod/lock nut to tighten/loosen the filter package

① Lock nut ② Square

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: TET/Lang Responsible: TET Release date: 19/01/2015
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8040 A4
In-line air filter engine type 4

5.2 Removing the old filter cartridge

Remove – starting at the front and working in alternating fashion – the end plate/adapter plate and/or the filter
element from the in-line air filter pipe. [see photograph 4]
Clean the pipe and/or the transition piece to the air intake box if necessary. When changing filters, make
absolutely sure that dirt cannot reach the clean-air side. If required, remove any dirt thoroughly.

5.3 Inserting a new filter package

Insert – starting at the back end and working in alternating fashion – the filter element and/or end plate/
adapter plate into the in-line air filter pipe. [see photograph 4]

Figure 4: Filter package with adapter plates

Figure 5: Check that all filters are seated correctly on the sealing faces

When doing so, make sure that you position the adapter plates - even when untensioned - as parallel as
possible to and in full contact with the sealing faces.
[see photograph 5]
After positioning the end plate, screw the central threaded rod in again until the filter package is in position
but not pretensioned.
Check the correct fit of every sealing before pretensioning.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: TET/Lang Responsible: TET Release date: 19/01/2015
Index: 3 Page No.: 3/4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8040 A4
In-line air filter engine type 4

5.4 Tensioning the filter package

To correctly tighten the filter package, turn the threaded rod manually until it has no play left (i.e. lightly
tensioned).
Then tighten the filter package through 23 mm for J420 engines and/or to 15 mm for J416/J412 engines.
If an unusually high tightening torque is encountered or if a filter element is substantially deformed despite the
fact that the prescribed tightening distance has not yet been reached, reassemble the filter pack and retighten
it. In that case, one of the filter elements has probably been positioned incorrectly.
The filter elements are allowed to be slightly deformed at the edges when the filter package is tightened
correctly. [see Fig. 6].

Fig. 6: slight (still admissible) deformation of the filter element

5.5 Closing the in-line air filter

To close the in-line air filter, re-assemble the side cover plate to the in-line air filter pipe using the quick-release
locks (or screw connections).

6 Remarks

6.1 Greasing all parts to be tightened

The stainless steel threaded rod and its sealing face at the end plate of the first filter element must be properly
greased at all times to prevent excessive chafing and/or clamping. To that end, a suitable grease for stainless
steel must be used.

6.2 Definitions
front ... Always in the direction of the air flow seen from the front (at the intake
grate)
back ... Always in the direction of the air flow seen from the back (at the air intake
SprungMarke!!!18014398711510923
box / gas mixer)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: TET/Lang Responsible: TET Release date: 19/01/2015
Index: 3 Page No.: 4 / 4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8057 M4
NOx measurement

Interval Work carried out by

Maintenance work 2000 Oh 4000 Oh GEJ *)
NOx measurement - check the NOx value and adjust as ■ 1x ■ **) x
necessary
*) by GE Jenbacher or a company selected by GE Jenbacher that is authorised to carry out this work.
**) 4,000 Oh interval until piston replacement, followed by two 2,000 Oh intervals (22,000 Oh, 24,000 Oh, 28,000
Oh … or 32,000 Oh, 34,000 Oh, 38,000 Oh etc. Depending on plant design – see the maintenance plan for the
precise intervals.
SprungMarke!!!9154003979

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Falls C. Release date: 25/08/2014
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8049 0
Leak testing of all pipes and components carrying fuel gas and mix-
tures

Operational data: E 8049

1 Mintenance intervals-standard
Interval every
Maintenance work 2,000 Oh 8000 Oh
leak test ■ *) ■ **)

*) for biogas, landfill gas, associated petroleum gas, mine gas and special gases (e.g. wood gas) only
**) only for natural gas

2 Leak testing of all pipes and components carrying fuel gas and mixtures

2.1 Instruction
The test covers all pipes and components carrying fuel gas and mixtures under overpressure in the GE
Jenbacherproduct range:
▪ Connection points with the main shut-off device, gas pressure controllers, gas meters, gas appliances, gas
connecting lines, fittings and fuel-gas carrying pipes.
▪ Branch and device connecting lines.
▪ Locks on test openings
▪ Connection points carrying mixture to the engine (e.g. sealing connections before and after mixture cooler.
▪ Etc.

2.2 Procedure
Testing the module containing fuel gas or mixture under operating pressure in accordance with current safety
regulations. The test covers all pipe connections, fittings and flanges.

Constraints
▪ Local inspection using the bubble emission technique as per EN 1593:2004-06
▪ Surface preparation: the area must be free of weld spatters, slag, corrosion, oil, grease, dust, coloured
markings and must be dry.
▪ Test pressure: operating pressure in the section in question
▪ Luminous intensity: 350 lx to 500 lx
▪ Testing agent: foaming agent as per DIN 30657:1983-02

Test procedure:
1. Introduce test gas into the pipe.
2. Holding (stabilisation) time at least 2 minutes.
3. Spray or brush on the testing agent
A test duration of at least 3 minutes must be maintained in order to observe the slow foam formation at
any small leaks. If necessary, apply the testing agent again.
4. The surfaces should be inspected from a distance of less than of 0.6 metre at an angle greater than
30 degrees (1/6 rad).
A mirror and magnifying lens can be used to improve the observation.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 07/04/2014
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8049 0
Leak testing of all pipes and components carrying fuel gas and mix-
tures

If no foaming occurs, the connections are free of leaks. A foam mushroom growing at a certain location
must be interpreted as representing a leak. If leaks occur, replace the relevant components, e.g. gaskets,
and repeat the leak test.
Note: Undoing and/or tightening bolted joints and connecting pieces is prohibited unless the system has
been completely depressurised!
Enter details of the tests and work carried out in the Data Entry Sheet for leak tests for pipes
and components carrying fuel gas and mixtures (E 8049).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 07/04/2014
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8049 0
Leak testing of all pipes and components carrying fuel gas and mix-
tures

SprungMarke!!!18014398710656395

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 07/04/2014
Index: 3 Page No.: 3/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8079 A4
Elastically screwed coupling housing

WARNING
Danger from unauthorised restarting!
a) Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105.
b) Secure the engine against unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction
no. 2300-0010.

1 Scope
This Maintenance Instruction applies to Type 4 Jenbacher modules.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the maintenance of the coupling housing on elastic bearings.

3 Mintenance intervals-standard
Maintenance work Interval
4,000 Oh 20,000 Oh Work carried out by

Measure the axial offset ■ GEJ 1)

Replace rubber elements on the ■ GEJ 1)

coupling housing
1)
By GE Jenbacher or authorised specialist personnel.

4 Measure the axial misalignment of the coupling housing on elastic bearings

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Madl W.. Release date: 30/01/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8079 A4
Elastically screwed coupling housing

Gap width: setpoint value 10mm +/- 1mm Measure the gap width at 4 poinrs around the
circumference: A = 9 o'clock; B = 12 o'clock; C = 3
o'clock, D = 6 o'clock.

Operational data on the flexibly-mounted coupling housing (E 8079 4)

Enter the measured values in the table Data collection for flexibly-mounted coupling housing
(E 8079 4).

The radial alignment of the generator may need to be corrected as described below.

5 Correcting the generator position

Use shim plates to correct the generator height and subsequently recheck the axial offset of the coupling
housing on elastic bearings.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Madl W.. Release date: 30/01/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 2 / 3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8079 A4
Elastically screwed coupling housing

SprungMarke!!!36028797083472267
① Shim plate

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Madl W.. Release date: 30/01/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 3/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8090 A0
Condensate removal in the fuel-gas system

Interval: every
Inspection Work/ Maintenance Work Point 2000 Oh when required
2 Automatic condensate drain – leak test 1.1 ■*)
- Manual condensate drains – condensate 1.2 ■
removal
*) We suggest at least quarterly (not in the GEJ scope of supply)
Before performing any work on the plant, the maintenance staff must ensure that the relevant safety
precautions have been observed regarding the activities to be carried out.
For safety precautions, please refer to the operation or maintenance description (TI No.: 2300-0005).

1 Removal of condensate
Cooling of gases in the fuel-gas system can cause the entrained water in the gas to condense, with the
resulting formation of condensate. The condensate must be drained gastight from the gas system and
disposed of in accordance with its composition and local regulations (e.g. surface-water protection regulations,
explosion protection)!

1.1 Automatic condensate drain

Automatic condensate drains are not supplied by GE Jenbacher!
Automatic condensate drain equipment must be checked for gas-tightness in accordance with the
manufacturer's information and local regulations in force.

1.2 Manual condensate drain

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.
All drains to remove condensate manually during maintenance which are part of GEJ’s scope of supply
(Interface F, Technical Diagram) are in principle fitted with a drain valve (ball valve) and an additional plug
(screw plug).
DANGER! A manual condensate drain must in principle only be activated under the following conditions:
▪ Safety instructions as specified in TI 2300-0005 are observed
▪ personal protective equipment is used (gas detector)
▪ the engine is shut down
▪ the gas supply is closed
▪ the gas system has been inerted according to accepted technical regulations
▪ the venting conditions are satisfactory
▪ the pressure in the gas system is discharged
DANGER! Explosion hazard due to escaping gas!

In cases where the fuel gas may contain toxic elements (H2S, NH3etc.), you must also take into account the
additional effect of the escape of toxic substances.
DANGER! Before putting the plant back into operation, make sure that
▪ the drain valve (ball valve) is fully closed,
▪ the screw plug is fitted,
▪ the gastightness of the manual drain line is ensured.
A leak test in accordance with IW 8049 0 is necessary before the plant is put back into operation!
SprungMarke!!!45035996354927499

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Boxleitner Responsible: Laucher Roland Release date: 19/10/2011
Index: 6 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Inspection and maintenance work: IW 8095 A0
Exhaust gas system condensate drain line

Interval: every
Inspection Work/ Maintenance Work monthly when required
m Checking the exhaust gas system condensate drain line ■
- Checking the exhaust gas system condensate drain line ■

Before performing any work on the installation, the maintenance staff must ensure that the relevant
safety precautions have been observed regarding the activities to be carried out.
For safety precautions, please refer to the operation or maintenance description (TI No.: 2300-0005).
Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.

1 Removal of condensate
Cooling of the flue gases in the exhaust gas system can result in the formation of condensate. The condensate
must be drained from the exhaust gas system and disposed of in accordance with its composition and local
regulations (e.g. surface-water protection regulations).

1.1 Condensate line
Check the condensate drain and connection for deposits.
▪ if necessary, clean it
▪ so that the condensate can flow freely through the drain.

1.2 Condensate vessel
Check the water level in the condensate vessel
▪ top up with water as necessary

1.3 Condensate/neutralisation granulate reservoir

Check the built-in filters and the neutralisation granulate for deposits
▪ and replace if necessary.
▪ Filters fully functional

1.4 Checking the exhaust gas back pressure monitoring (if installed)

Remove the screw plug
▪ check for amount of condensate produced
Check the line for deposits
▪ if necessary, clean it
▪ Screw on the plug
▪ condensate amount is OK
SprungMarke!!!666887691
▪ Line fully functional

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TSC/Burkhardt Wolfgang Release date: 03/05/2011
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0200 M4
Control rod assembly/throttle valve/actuator

1 Scope
This maintenance work applies to GE Jenbacher J412 – J420 modules.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the maintenance of the control rod assembly, the actuator and the
throttle valve.

3 Mintenance intervals-standard
Maintenance work Interval
2,000 Oh 30,000 Oh Carried out by

Inspection of control rod ■ GEJ1)

assembly / re-lubrication
Throttle valve - inspection ■ GEJ1)
Actuator - replace ■ GEJ1)

1)
By GE Jenbacher or authorised specialist personnel.

4 Control rod assembly

4.1 Inspection
Check if the control rod assembly 8 can be moved without play or friction. If necessary, replace the pivot points
2 (guide value: approx. 10,000 operating hours).
After replacing the pivot points, reset the control rod assembly according to section 9.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Spreitzer K. Release date: 22/01/2015
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/5
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0200 M4
Control rod assembly/throttle valve/actuator

4.2 Regreasing
Grease pivot points using a grease gun at the grease nipples. Remove the excess grease and apply a grease
film to the left and right-hand side of the bearing gap to protect against dust.

4.3 Grease type
Renolit Duraplex EP2.

5 Throttle valve

5.1 Inspection
Disassemble pivot point 2.
Press shaft 12 into the axial end position and, while pressed, move it radially from 0 to the fully open position
(there must be no perceptible resistance at the end axial position or in the complete radial movement path).
If any resistance can be felt, the throttle valve bearing must be replaced in accordance with Section 8 (guide
value: between 6,000 and 10,000 Oh, depending on the gas type).

6 Replace the throttle-valve bearing and O-ring

Remove screws 7, 11 and 13 and completely disassemble the throttle valve.
Undo cap screws 4 (note the position of the throttle valve for re-assembly!)
Remove throttle valve 5 and withdraw shaft 12.
Heat up throttle-valve housing 3 near sleeve 9 (until the metal adhesive burns away) and then press sleeve 9
out of throttle-valve housing 3.
Clean throttle-valve housing 3, shaft 12 and throttle valve 5.
Press bearing sleeve 10 into sleeve 9. Apply metal adhesive to the outside and press into throttle-valve housing
3.
Replace O-Ring 6 in the throttle-valve housing and apply a small amount of grease.
Inspect shaft in the bearing region for run-in tracks. Replace if necessary. Then fit the shaft into the throttle-
valve housing (pay attention to the assembly position!). Secure the screws with metal adhesive.
Mount the complete throttle valve with gaskets or sealing compound on to the engine.
Fix the control rod assembly onto the arm.
Please note: If on disassembly arm 1 was removed from the shaft (e.g. when replacing shafts), then the control
rod assembly must be reset according to section 4.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Spreitzer K. Release date: 22/01/2015
Index: 4 Page No.: 2 / 5
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0200 M4
Control rod assembly/throttle valve/actuator

7 Adjusting control rod assembly

Adjustment - control rod assembly

① Throttle valve ③ ProAct Digital Plus (actuator)
② Control rod assembly

Adjust the setting of the control rod assembly (2) when the actuator is dead (see the Figure: Adjustment -
control rod assembly). The adjustment angle of the ProAct Digital Plus (actuator (3) ) is 75° clockwise. The
actuator shaft is provided with a 0.625-36 gear.
In the Figure: Adjustment - control rod assembly the throttle valve (1) with the control rod assembly (2) is shown
in the closed position. Observe the following points when adjusting the control rod assembly (2):
a) ProAct Digital Plus control lever (actuator) (3):
The lever must be secured to the shaft of the ProAct Digital Plus (actuator) (3) at the specified control angle
relative to the vertical axis. Make sure when doing so that the actuator shaft really is positioned at the
mechanical end stop of the control range, i.e. in a 0° control angle. Once it has been secured in position, check
the control lever to ensure ease of movement over the entire control angle range (75°).
b) Throttle-valve control lever (1):
When mounting the control lever on the throttle valve shaft, make sure that the throttle valve shaft is at its end
position, i.e. the throttle valve (1) is 100% closed. You should also ensure when securing the control lever in
position that it rests against the mechanical safety end stop when the throttle valve is closed. Use shims to
adjust the distance between the lever and the control rod assembly (2) (ease of movement).
A screw with a locknut is fitted at the throttle valve shaft. This adjusting screw acts as a mechanical end stop
for the throttle valve (1) when closed. The adjusting screw is used to set a small safety clearance between the
throttle valve (1) limit position and the throttle valve seat. This protects the throttle valve (1) against mechanical
impact or deformation or excessive closing forces.
The locknut secures fixes the adjusting screw in position. Always ensure that the screw head and locknut are
positioned on the side of the final stop facing the ProAct Digital Plus (actuator) (3).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Spreitzer K. Release date: 22/01/2015
Index: 4 Page No.: 3/5
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0200 M4
Control rod assembly/throttle valve/actuator

c) Control rod assembly (2):

To assemble the control rod assembly (2), fix the pivot points at both control levers. Use the turnbuckle nut and
associated locknuts to adjust the optimum control rod length (see the Figure : Adjustment - control rod
assembly). The position of the control rod assembly (2) must have two approximately parallel control levers (see
the Figure: Adjustment - control rod assembly).
Once the actual control rod linkage length has been successfully adjusted, the actuator lever must also be
positioned at its end stop (0° control angle) with the throttle valve (1) closed, i.e. with the throttle valve lever also
at its limit position. The control rod assembly (2) must not be pretensioned, the control levers must rest against
the end stops. When the ProAct Digital Plus (actuator (3)) is dead, no torque may be exerted against the
mechanical end stop of the throttle valve (1). This would result in a higher power consumption during operation
(current limitation active) and increase the operating temperature of the ProAct Digital Plus (actuator (3)), which
would adversely affect its service life.
During assembly and/or afterwards, please check all the bolted joints for tightness, and the ease of movement
of the control rod assembly (2).

Control lever - throttle valve (1)

Control lever - ProAct Digital Plus (actuator) (3):

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Spreitzer K. Release date: 22/01/2015
Index: 4 Page No.: 4 / 5
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0200 M4
Control rod assembly/throttle valve/actuator

ProAct Digital Plus (actuator) (3) with control rod assembly (2) and throttle valve (1)

8 Sectional drawing of the throttle valve

1 2 3 4 5 6 3 1

13 9 12 11 10 9 8 7

① Lever ⑧ Control rod assembly

② Pivot point ⑨ Bush
③ throttle-valve housing ⑩ bearing bush
④ Cylinder screw ⑪ Hexagonal head bolt
⑤ Throttle valve ⑫ Shaft
⑥ O-Ring ⑬ Hexagonal head bolt
SprungMarke!!!27021597817962123
⑦ Hexagonal head bolt

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Spreitzer K. Release date: 22/01/2015
Index: 4 Page No.: 5/5
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0203 A6
Engine cooling water pump

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.
Interval every
Maintenance work 4,000 Oh 10,000 Oh 30,000 Oh
4 Engine cooling water pump – bearing lubrication (only ■*)
for pumps with grease nipples)
10 Mechanical seal - replacement ■
10 Engine cooling water pump - bearing replacement ■*)
30 Have the engine cooling water pump overhauled by a ■
specialist company authorised to carry out this work.
*) only on Type J612-620 version F1xx engines, and a pump power of 11 kW or 15 kW.
SprungMarke!!!27021597814154891

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Thumer Mathias Release date: 06/02/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

1 Mintenance intervals-standard ............................................................................................................. 1

2 Maintenance Instructions ....................................................................................................................... 1
2.1 List of Technical Instructions used .................................................................................................................... 2
2.2 Overview of maintenance work for ignition system components ..................................................... 2
2.3 Check list for the ignition system mechanical assembly........................................................................ 3
2.4 Check list for the ignition system electrical wiring ................................................................................... 4
2.5 Check list for the ignition system function test .......................................................................................... 4
3 Appendix..................................................................................................................................................... 5
3.1 Checking the mechanical assembly and electrical wiring..................................................................... 5
3.2 Checking the spark plug connector................................................................................................................ 11
3.2.1 Inspection and replacement of the spark plug connector seal 11
3.2.2 Measuring the spark plug connector resistance 13
3.2.3 Replacing the spark plug connector (Type 9 engines) 14
3.3 Cleaning the pick-up.............................................................................................................................................. 14
3.4 Checking the ignition point ................................................................................................................................. 15
3.5 Measuring the ignition voltage ......................................................................................................................... 16
3.5.1 High-voltage measurement with high-voltage measuring pliers 17
3.5.2 Checking the high-voltage output of an ignition coil 17
3.6 Ignition system self-test ....................................................................................................................................... 17
Please observe the safety and hazard signs in the safety instructions
(TI 2300-0005) and wear the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.
For safety reasons, the high-voltage cable and the insulator must not be touched while the engine is in
operation or during an ignition self-test. An exception to the above is touching both components with a
properly earthed tool such as high-voltage measuring pliers.
Further safety instructions can be taken from the Technical Instructions listed in the document.

1 Mintenance intervals-standard
Component Interval
2000 Oh 6000 Oh 8000 Oh 30000 Oh
Central ignition system ■
Modular ignition system (MORIS) ■
Ignition coil ■
Spark plug connector seal ■
Pick-up ■
Cabling rails ■
Cabling ■
spark plug connector type 9 engine ■
Spark plug connector in general with spark-plug maintenance

2 Maintenance Instructions
Checks on the mechanical assembly, electrical wiring, ignition system operation and components must be
carried out in accordance with the following maintenance instructions and current Technical Instructions for
the ignition system in question.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 1/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

The ignition point must always be checked with the aid of a suitable measuring instrument (strobe light, LED
timing light, etc.) (see Section 2.4 - Checking the Ignition Point - or the Technical Instructions for the ignition
system in question) at initial commissioning and whenever the ignition system is replaced or the parameters
affecting the ignition point (RESET position, ignition point limits, mA signal for adjusting the ignition point, etc.)
are changed.
When components are replaced, the current regulations regarding the disposal requirements for old electrical
and electronic equipment must be observed (WEEE coding, see also TI 2300-0005 - Safety Instructions).

2.1 List of Technical Instructions used

Ignition / Ignition components / miscellaneous Technical Instruction No.
IC500 1502-0037
IC900, 910 and 912 1502-0038
IQ724 1502-0043
IQ750 1502-0044
DISN700 1502-0045
DISN801 1502-0046
IQ250 1502-0049
IQ250 Single Pick-up Version 1502-0057
IQ250S-Dual Pick-up, shielded version 1502-0060
Dual ignition system IC900/IC910/IC912 1502-0062
IC100 1502-0063
IC920, IC921 and IC922 1502-0067
MORIS 1502-0068
MPM (MORIS Power Module) 1502-0069
Rail System 1502-0070
SAFI (Sensor Actor Function Interface) 1502-0071
SPA24 (SAFI pick-up amplifier) 1502-0072
MIC950 1502-0073
Monic Measuring Adapter MA1 1400-0103
monic-DIA.NE and DIA.NE XT 1400-0104
monic-msd 1400-0106
Checking the ignition system with FLUKE 99 DSO 1400-0114
High-voltage pincers (HV pincers) 1400-0149
Checking the ignition system with FLUKE 123 DSO 1400-0151
Spark plug check / spark plugs IW 0309 M0
Diane user manual (XT, XT3)

2.2 Overview of maintenance work for ignition system components

Component Test according to the information given or reference to sub-points in the
maintenance instructions
Central ignition system Test after the maintenance interval, a fault or part replacement in accordance
with Technical Instructions and maintenance instructions.
Modular ignition system Test after the maintenance interval, a fault or part replacement in accordance
(MORIS) with Technical Instructions and maintenance instructions.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 2 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

Component Test according to the information given or reference to sub-points in the

maintenance instructions
Ignition coil Test after the maintenance interval, a fault or part replacement in accordance
with Technical Instructions and maintenance instructions.
The high-voltage output is only measured in the event of a fault (see Section
2.5).
Spark plug connector in Visual inspection for dirt, condition of the seal in the spark plug connector,
general condition of the electrical contacts to the ignition coil and spark plug (dirt,
oxidation, contacts seized) at every spark plug maintenance interval.
spark plug connector type 9 Replacement
engine
Spark plug connector seal Replace the spark plug seal (see the replacement instructions in Section 2.2.1
of the Appendix)
Pick-up Clean any swarf off the magnetic component in the pick-up at a maximum of
200 Oh after initial commissioning, and thereafter every 2000 Oh cleaned
according to the maintenance interval (see the cleaning instructions in Section
2.3 of the Appendix).
Cabling rails Test after the maintenance interval, a fault or part replacement in accordance
with Technical Instructions and maintenance instructions.
Wiring Test after the maintenance interval, a fault or part replacement in accordance
with Technical Instructions and maintenance instructions.

2.3 Check list for the ignition system mechanical assembly

OK
Present
Test points for mechanical inspection Y/N Y/N
Ignition system properly mounted? Check in accordance with the corresponding Technical
Instructions (See the table in Section 1.1).
Vibration damping elements in the ignition system or cabling rails present and OK? Check for
mechanical damage, material ageing due to environmental influences and correct installation in
accordance with the corresponding Technical Instructions.
System seals present and OK?
Check for mechanical damage, material ageing due to environmental influences and correct
installation in accordance with the corresponding Technical Instructions.
No visible mechanical damage found on the ignition system or its sub-components? Check the
ignition system, cabling rail, ignition coil, spark plug connectors, pick-up and cabling.
Check that all bolted joints on the mounting system and components are secure.
Were there any engine shutdowns cause by pick-up faults in recent operating hours? Distance
between pick-ups and trigger source correctly set in accordance with the Technical Instructions?
Pick-up free of metallic deposits?

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 3/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

2.4 Check list for the ignition system electrical wiring

OK
Present
Test points for inspecting the electrical wiring Y/N Y/N
Is the ignition system earthed in accordance with the requirements of the Technical Instructions
and as specified in the circuit diagram (ignition system earthed; cabling rails earthed at both
ends, etc.)? See also Appendix 2.1.
Check that there is no break in the earthing system (vibration damper elements bridged, etc.)
Check that all earth connection bolted joints are secure.
No damage at all found to plug connectors, sockets or cabling.
Check the contact areas for corrosion or dirt contamination.
Cabling properly connected. Check that screw plug connectors, terminal connections and other
plug connections are secure.
All the power supplies present?

2.5 Check list for the ignition system function test

OK
Present
Test points for the ignition system function test Y/N Y/N
Checking the ignition point
Before starting for the first time, as part of commissioning or re-commissioning, after replacing
the ignition system or pick-ups, check all the parameters in general and particularly the
parameters for the reset position, ignition point limits and ignition point adjustment (mA signal).
The ignition point must be checked during the starting procedure with the gas supply turned off
(see the Technical Instructions or operating instructions) and corrected, depending on how far it
deviates from the set point (see Section 2.4 in the Appendix).

Do not run the engine unless the ignition point has been checked!

Failure to observe this can lead to severe engine damage or hazards to persons. Please observe
the safety information in the relevant Technical Instructions and operating instructions!
High-voltage measurement (ignition voltage check)
Check the condition of the spark plugs with the aid of a high-voltage measurement.
A high-voltage or high-voltage output measurement can be used for fault diagnostic purposes
(see Section 2.5 - Ignition Voltage measurement - in the Appendix).
Self-test
Most ignition systems include a self-test capability to check the basic functions. This can be
carried out either from the visual display or a specific tool for the ignition system. Corresponding
instructions and safety instructions can be taken from the relevant Technical Instructions (see the
Table in Section 1.1) or the operating instructions.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 4 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

3 Appendix

3.1 Checking the mechanical assembly and electrical wiring

Central ignition systems are installed on a mounting bracket with vibration dampers for vibration decoupling.
When vibration dampers are used, the ignition system must be earthed with an earth cable at a suitable
location on the system to ensure that the equipment is properly earthed. When checking the condition of the
vibration dampers, the earthing should be checked as well.
The following illustrations show an MIC950 installed on a mounting bracket with the necessary earth
connections.

Central ignition system mounting with vibration dampers and earth connections (bridging the vibration
dampers)

The cabling rails, mounting elements and vibration dampers must be checked to ensure that the mechanical
fastenings are in good condition.

Detailed view of a C-coil cabling rail mounting on a Type 3 engine

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 5/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

Detailed view of a MORIS ignition system mounted on an engine with metal cushion-type dampers

Check the installation of the ignition output cables in the cabling rail for any damage to the screw plug
connectors, strain relievers and cable sheath. Check the electrical contacts for corrosion / oxidation.

Cabling from the ignition system to the cabling rail

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 6 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

MORIS ignition system earthing, checking the cabling at the rail

When fitting spark plug connectors on Type 3 engines, make sure the connector latches onto the SAE contact
on the spark plug. Fit the rubber sleeve over the spark plug well. This prevents vibratory motion by the spark
plug connector and any consequential damage to the spark plug contact area.

Spark plug connector mounting on a Type 3 engine (l.), SAE spark plug latch contact (r.)

Spark plug connectors for Type 4 and 6 engines are fastened by means of a flange on the rocker cover. The
maximum tightening torque for the mounting bolts is 20 Nm.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 7/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

Spark plug connector mounting on a Type 4 engine

If a spark plug connector is fitted with a spring contact, the spring resistance must be felt during assembly. If it
is not, the spring contact in the spark plug connector must be checked. A spring contact is also used at the coil.
Check that the screw connection to the coil is securely seated.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 8 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

Ignition cable, knock sensors and thermocouple mountings

The mountings of the ignition coil, SAFI, knock sensors, thermocouples and presence of the required seals must
also be checked. The corresponding tightening torques can be taken from the relevant Technical Instructions.

Spring contact on a spark plug connection for Type 4.6 engines, left: coil contact, right: spark plug contact

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 9/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

The following Figures show a typical pick-up mounting and cabling on an engine. One of more pick-ups may be
necessary, depending on the engine type and ignition system. They are mounted on the engine by a thread in
the gear train housing and a lock nut. A thread adapter may be necessary in some cases

Mounting of the camshaft pick-up (left) and starter ring gear (trigger) / reset pick-up (right)

Mounting of the camshaft pick-up (left) and starter ring gear pick-up (trigger) / reset pick-up (right)

The connector plug for the active camshaft pick-up is fitted with two LEDs; the green LED indicates the
presence of the 24 V supply and the yellow LED shows the camshaft signal.
When checking, or in the event of a fault, clean any metallic deposits off the pick-up and make sure the gap to
the trigger source is correctly set (see Section 2.3 - Cleaning the pick-up and relevant Technical Instructions).
Caution! Make sure when installing the pick-up that no mechanical collision occurs with the trigger source,
such as the starter ring hear for the trigger signal, bolt head for the reset and/or camshaft signal (see also the
section on pick-up adjustment in the Technical Instructions for the ignition system).
Check the pick-up wiring for damage and to ensure that the plug connectors are screwed together correctly.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 10 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

3.2 Checking the spark plug connector

Interruptions to the high-voltage line, faulty interference suppression elements or excessively high resistances
at contact areas can lead to power losses in the ignition system and in turn to impaired ignition behaviour by
the engine, which ultimately can result in misfiring or complete failure of a cylinder.
Check the spark-plug connector for trouble-free operation as part of the ignition system maintenance at the
set intervals or in the event of a fault.
The spark plug connector should be clean from any dirt, particularly the isolator. The condition of the spark
plug seal ring (corrugated ring) must also be checked (see Section 2.2.1 - Inspection and Replacement of the
spark plug connector seal)
In the event of a fault, check the resistance with an ohmmeter (see 2.2.2. - Spark plug connector resistance
measurement).

3.2.1 Inspection and replacement of the spark plug connector seal

Due to the prevailing temperatures at the spark plug, the material of the corrugated seal ring hardens over
time. This causes the seal to fail in its essential function, namely keeping the contact to the spark plug and its
insulator free of dirt contamination.
Dirt at the spark plug connector insulator or the spark plug itself can result in arcs tracking across the insulator
and subsequently to misfiring.
➔ The maintenance instructions therefore specify that the condition of the corrugated seal ring must always
be inspected visually as part of the spark plug maintenance, and the seal ring replaced if damaged.

New corrugated seal ring (part no. 354846) Corrugated seal ring after approx. 6000 Oh
The average service life of the corrugated seal ring is between 6,000 and 8,000 operating hours.
➔ To ensure proper operation of the spark plug connector and spark plug, the corrugated seal ring must be
replaced according to the maintenance interval as part of the ignition system maintenance and in conjunction
with the spark plug maintenance.
➔ Spare part number of the corrugated seal ring: 354846 – "Spark plug seal ring, corrugated, red"
Using a suitable tool, such as screwdriver, lever the seal ring out of the insulator part of the spark plug
connector. The ring may break into several pieces, depending on the condition of the material. After removing
the ring, clean the groove in the spark plug connector where it sits.
When the groove is cleaned, fit a new seal ring by pressing the sides of the ring together and inserting it into
the groove provided. Never use a sharp implement for this, as this would damage the new seal ring
mechanically from the outset.
The illustrations below show the procedure for replacing the seal ring in the spark plug connector.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 11/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 12 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

Illustration sequence for replacing the corrugated seal ring.

3.2.2 Measuring the spark plug connector resistance

To check the resistance of a spark plug connector, a measurement must be carried out with a suitable
ohmmeter. The entire resistance from the coil connection to the contact with the spark plug is measured. The
total resistance is 2 kOhm or 5 kOhm, depending on the spark plug connector type.
The measured resistance may not deviate by more than ±15% from the specified value. If the value is outside
the tolerance, the spark plug connector must be replaced.

Measuring the resistance on a spark plug connector for a Type 3 engine (left) and Type 4 engine (right)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 13/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

If there is any dirt or contact erosion, care must be taken to ensure a good contact at the measuring probes or
clips. If no suitable measuring probes are available for gaining access to the contact for the spark plug, contact
can be made using a screwdriver or a highly-conductive metal item (left-hand illustration - resistance
measurement on a spark plug connector for a Type 3 engine).

3.2.3 Replacing the spark plug connector (Type 9 engines)

Replace the spark plug connectors on Type 9 engines every 30,000 Oh.
▪ Remove the spark plug connector cable from the
ignition rail (1).
▪ Remove the spark plug connector flange from the
rocker arm housing (2 bolts, SW 13)

▪ Take out the old spark plug connector, insert the

new one and reconnect it.

3.3 Cleaning the pick-up

Due to the mechanical wear at the gear train, metallic particles can accumulate on the pick-up magnets after
long periods of operation (left-hand illustration). This changes the magnetic circuit and signal amplitude of the
pick-up, which can in turn result in the ignition system tripping due to a pick-up fault.
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 14 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

The pick-up should therefore be inspected and cleaned as a precaution in accordance with the maintenance
instructions.
Important: The gap between the pick-up and the trigger source should be set correctly as specified in the
applicable Technical Instructions for the ignition system in question.

Dirty pick-up (l.); cleaned pick-up without deposits (r.)

3.4 Checking the ignition point

The ignition point must always be checked on initial commissioning, and whenever the ignition system or pick-
up is replaced or the parameters affecting the ignition point are changed (RESET position, ignition point limits,
mA signal for varying the ignition point, etc.).
The ACTUAL ignition point is also checked to see whether it agrees with the SET ignition point. If this is not the
case, the ignition point must be corrected with the aid of the reset position.
Check the ignition point with a suitable measuring instrument (strobe light, LED timing light, etc.). The ignition
point is always measured at cylinder 1. Attach the ignition pick-up to the ignition of line cylinder 1 (left-hand
illustration). Adjust the ignition point on the basis of the measured deviation from the markings on the flywheel,
using the parameter for the reset position (right-hand illustration)!
Check the ignition point during the starting procedure with the gas supply turned off (see the Technical
Instructions or operating instructions) and correct it depending on how far it deviates from the set point.
Measure the ignition point again during both no-load and full-load operation, and check it for any deviations.
Caution! The ignition point depends on the operating point of the engine and the individual ignition point
settings on each cylinder, and can vary during operation under load. This must be taken into account when
checking the ignition point.

Measuring the IP with a timing light (strobe lamp)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 15/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

DANGER
Do not run the engine unless the ignition point has been checked!
Failure to observe this can lead to severe engine damage or hazards to persons. Please observe
the safety information in the relevant Technical Instructions and operating instructions!

3.5 Measuring the ignition voltage

The ignition voltage measurement gives information about the condition of the spark plugs and can also be
used for ignition system malfunction diagnostic purposes.
The high-voltage can be measured in two ways, either integrally from within the ignition system (MORIS and
the central ignition system with MONIC), or using high-voltage measuring pliers and an oscilloscope.
The display is shown on DIA.NE (XT, XT3). A more detailed description can be taken from the DIA.NE user
manual.

High-voltage measurement with MORIS on a DIA.NE XT3

High-voltage measurement with monic (left: DIA.NE blue, right: DIA.NE XT)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 16 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

More detailed information can be taken from the Technical Instructions for MONIC, MORIS and DIA.NE (see the
Table of Technical Instructions in Section 1.1).

3.5.1 High-voltage measurement with high-voltage measuring pliers

The high-voltage measurement is used primarily to detect the adjustment intervals of the spark plugs. This is
described in detail in the Maintenance Instructions for checking the ignition voltage/spark plugs (MI 0309 M0).
High-voltage measuring pliers, GEJ part no. 340369, and a suitable oscilloscope are required for the high-
voltage measurement. Reference is made to the appropriate Technical Instruction (see the table of Technical
Instructions in Section 1.1) for adjusting and measuring with a FLUKE 99 and 123 oscilloscope.
First, connect the earth terminal of the high-voltage pliers to a suitable earthing point in the vicinity of the spark
plug connector. Do not place the pliers over the high-voltage cable before they have been earthed. When doing
so, make sure that the high-voltage cable is fully enclosed over the entire length of the pliers.
Connect the BNC connection of the pliers to the corresponding input channel of the oscilloscope. After
adjusting the oscilloscope measurement settings, read off the measured value for the ignition voltage on the
oscilloscope. The measurement must always be made during full-load operation.
General oscilloscope settings: 5 kV/DIV with 100µs/DIV, trigger level at 10 kV

High-voltage measurement with HV pliers and FLUKE 123 oscilloscope

3.5.2 Checking the high-voltage output of an ignition coil

The high-voltage output of an ignition coil should only be checked for diagnostic purposes in the event of a
failure and not at regular intervals!
Carry out the check by unplugging the high-voltage connector when the engine is at rest. When doing so, make
sure that no metallic parts come into contact with the high-voltage cable in order to avoid arcing to earth.
The self-test can be started afterwards and the high-voltage output checked on the display. The ignition coil
high-voltage output must reach at least 35 kV. If this is not the case, replace the coil.

3.6 Ignition system self-test

Ignition systems include a self-test capability for diagnostic purposes which activates the ignition outputs to
test the operation of the ignition coils when the engine is at rest. If the ignition system possesses an integrated
high-voltage measurement facility, the ignition voltage and the ignition coil high-voltage output can be tested
simultaneously.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 17/18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0303 M0
Ignition

Depending on how it is incorporated in the control system (via the CAN bus or similar), the self-test can be
started either from the control system/display or the ignition system diagnostics tool, as desired. In either case,
the self-test is ended automatically after 10 minutes.
The self-test can only be carried out if the machine is at rest. Make sure first that the gas supply is shut off. On
recent installations, the control system carries out a scavenging start automatically before activating the self-
test. If an engine speed occurs during the self-test, the test is ended automatically.
More detailed information on activating and evaluating the self-test can be taken from the Technical
Instructions for the ignition system in question and the manual for the visual display.
SprungMarke!!!45035996324102539

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Fahringer A. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 18 / 18
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0400 M4
Valve clearance/Valve stem projection

1 Checking the equal-level setting of both inlet and exhaust valves under the valve lifters ........ 1
1.1 Equal-level setting of the valves......................................................................................................................... 1
2 Valve play monitoring unit...................................................................................................................... 2
2.1 Valve-play adjustment............................................................................................................................................ 2
3 Measuring valve stem projection .......................................................................................................... 3
4 Key to Figures: ........................................................................................................................................... 4
Operational data: E 0400
Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.
Interval: every
Maintenance work Point 1000 Oh 2000 Oh
01/0 Checking the equal-level setting of both inlet 1. ■*) ■
2 and exhaust valves under the valve lifters
01/0 Valve play monitoring unit 2. ■*) ■
2
01/0 Measuring valve stem projection 3. ■*) ■
2
01/0 Inspect the cylinder-head cover O-ring. - ■*) ■
2 Replace, if required.
*) only for special gases
To enable you to set the valves at an equal level, inspect and adjust the valve play and measure the valve stem
projection, ensure that the valves are closed and the rocker arms are unloaded.
Turn the crankshaft manually until the piston of the relevant cylinder-head is positioned in the top dead centre
(TDC, push rods and rocker arms are unloaded).

1 Checking the equal-level setting of both inlet and exhaust valves under the valve lifters
There must be no play between inlet or exhaust valve stems and the valve lifters. If necessary, you must adjust
the equal-level setting ("0" setting) of the valves as described below.

1.1 Equal-level setting of the valves

Loosen the lock nuts.
Use adjusting screw 3 and/or 5 to adjust the play of
both inlet and exhaust valves to "0".

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0400 M4
Valve clearance/Valve stem projection

Tighten lock nut 4 and/or 6 using a suitable ring

spanner while at the same time holding the valve lifter
in place (to prevent the valve-stem from bending).

2 Valve play monitoring unit

The valve play can be checked and/or set in cold or hot condition.
Valve play Intake: 0.6 mm
Exhaust: 1 mm
Measure the valve play of
both inlet valves and
exhaust valves between
rocker arms and valve lifter.
The valve play is correctly
set if you feel a slight
resistance when pulling the
feeler gauge through (0.6 or
1 mm respectively).

2.1 Valve-play adjustment
Slide the feeler gauge between the rocker arms and
valve lifter.
Adjust the valve play by turning the main adjusting
screw 9 and/or 12.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 2 / 6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0400 M4
Valve clearance/Valve stem projection

Tighten lock nut 10 and/or 13 using a suitable ring

spanner while at the same time holding the main
adjusting screw in position.
Check the valve play again, using a feeler gauge. Re-
adjust the play if incorrect.

The valve play may have been changed while you were tightening the lock nut. You must replace lock nuts
if you feel resistance while tightening them or if the lock nuts have too much play, e.g. because the screw
thread is damaged.

3 Measuring valve stem projection

The total wear of valve and seat ring may amount to max. 0.098 in (2+0.5 mm).
Upon reaching 0.059 in (1.5 mm) total wear and/or by the first discovery of valve wear of more than 0.008 in
(0.2 mm) within an inspection interval, the valve clearance inspection intervals are to be halved. With max.
0.098 in (2.5 mm) wear, the cylinder heads must be changed (top end overhaul).
Enter the measured values in the Operational data – Valve-stem projection (E 0400) table.

You can determine the valve and valve seat wear by measuring the distance between the valve stem
(adjustment screw) and the plane face of the measuring support.
To that end you must compare the initial value (initial commissioning value) with the ACTUAL value (see initial
commissioning data sheet).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 3/6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0400 M4
Valve clearance/Valve stem projection

① adjustment bolt ② Measuring support

③ Valve stem

4 Key to Figures:
A Exhaust valve E Intake valve
① Rocker arm - exhaust ⑨ Main adjusting screw - intake
② Valve lifter - exhaust ⑩ Lock nut - intake
③ Adjusting screw - exhaust ⑪ Hexagonal nut
④ Lock nut - exhaust ⑫ Main adjusting screw - exhaust
⑤ Adjusting screw - intake ⑬ Lock nut - exhaust
⑥ Lock nut - intake ⑭ Valve stem – exhaust valve
⑦ Valve lifter - intake ⑮ Valve stem – intake valve
⑧ Rocker arm - intake ⑯ Measuring support

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 4 / 6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0400 M4
Valve clearance/Valve stem projection

1 A1 2

A2
13
3
12

11 4
E2
10
9 5
6

8 E1 7
Measuring valve stem projection

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 5/6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0400 M4
Valve clearance/Valve stem projection

SprungMarke!!!53759371

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 6 / 6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0507 M4
Crankcase ventilation system

1 Scope
This Maintenance Instruction applies to Type 4 Jenbacher modules.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the work to be carried out on the crankcase ventilation system.

3 Mintenance intervals-standard
Maintenance work Interval
2,000 Oh 40,000 Oh Work carried out
by
Differential pressure check as per I 0103 4 ■ GEJ 1)

Crankcase ventilation – replace ■ GEJ 1)

polypropylene cloth
1)
By GE Jenbacher or authorised specialist personnel.

A clogged filter pack will prevent pressure compensation, possibly resulting in oil leakage (e.g. crankshaft rotary
shaft seal).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 23/12/2014
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0507 M4
Crankcase ventilation system

4 Replace polypropylene cloth

SprungMarke!!!18014398688717195
① Blow-by separator ② Polypropylene cloth

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 23/12/2014
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0601 M0
Vibration damper

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.
Even a small amount of damage of the damper housing can have a huge impact on the operation or even
lead to total malfunction.

1 Replace vibration damper

Disassemble protective vibration damper cap.
Remove hexagonal socket screws.
Remove vibration damper (for easier removal and installation of the new vibration damper, the rod device
intended for this purpose should be used – Part No. 156911).
Lubricate the bolt threads and contact surfaces.
Assemble the new vibration damper.
Assemble protective vibration damper cap.
SprungMarke!!!9007199307118987

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 24/11/2010
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0705 M0
Gas quantity controller

Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.

1 Maintenance interval - standard

Interval
Maintenance work 20,000 Oh 30,000 Oh Carrying out the work
Gas quantity controller - cleaning on- ■ GEJ 1)
site
Replace sealing rings ■ GEJ 1)
Replace gas quantity controller ■ GEJ 1)
1)
By GE-Jenbacher or by GE-Jenbacher a specialist company authorized to carry out the work!

2 Replacing seal rings

The sealing rings on the device connection flanges generally have to be replaced when reassembling or
replacing the device after cleaning.

3 Cleaning
When cleaning, ensure that the pressure and gas sensor openings are not dirty to guarantee that the gas
quantity controller operates properly. The position of the pressure and temperature sensors is indicated by an
arrow in the photographs below.
Please note: Ensure that the surface of the internal pipe is not damaged by the cleaning process, which should
not leave behind scratch marks as this will increase the build-up of deposit there.

3.1 Deposits
Clean with a soap solution.
Leave the soap solution for a while to take effect and then remove the deposits/dirt with a bottle brush or
similar. Wipe the device dry with a clean cloth.
Deposits around the valves:

① clean

3.2 Oil contamination
Clean with a clean cloth without the soap solution.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Spreitzer K. Release date: 03/03/2014
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0705 M0
Gas quantity controller

Oil contamination:

SprungMarke!!!9007199307138187
① clean

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Spreitzer K. Release date: 03/03/2014
Index: 2 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0802 M0
Mixture bypass valve

Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.
Interval
Maintenance work 20000 Oh Work carried out by
Replace mixture bypass valve ■ GEJ 1)
1)
By GE Jenbacher or a company selected by GE Jenbacher which is authorised to carry out this work!
Depending on the engine type and version, 1 - 4 mixture bypass valves can be installed.

1 Scope
This maintenance instruction applies to GE Jenbacher modules.

2 Purpose
This maintenance instruction describes how to replace a mixture bypass valve.

3 Type 2 engines
Mixture bypass valves should only be installed on systems in isolated operation.
Installation position of the mixture bypass valve ①

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Kecht Responsible: Spreitzer Karsten Release date: 13/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0802 M0
Mixture bypass valve

Replacing the mixture bypass valve ①, gaskets ② and

O-rings ③.

4 Type 3 engines
Installation position of the mixture bypass valve ①

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Kecht Responsible: Spreitzer Karsten Release date: 13/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0802 M0
Mixture bypass valve

Replacing the mixture bypass valve ① and gaskets ②.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Kecht Responsible: Spreitzer Karsten Release date: 13/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 3/7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0802 M0
Mixture bypass valve

5 Type 4 engines

5.1 Version with one mixture bypass valve

Installation position of the mixture bypass valve ①

Replacing the mixture bypass valve ①, gaskets ② and

O-rings ③.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Kecht Responsible: Spreitzer Karsten Release date: 13/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 4 / 7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0802 M0
Mixture bypass valve

5.2 Version with two mixture bypass valves

Installation position of the mixture bypass valves ①

Replacing mixture bypass valves ①, gasket ② and O-

rings ③.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Kecht Responsible: Spreitzer Karsten Release date: 13/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 5/7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0802 M0
Mixture bypass valve

6 Type 6 engines
Installation position of the mixture bypass valves ①

Replacing mixture bypass valves ① and gaskets ②.

6.1 J624, Version G
Installation position of the mixture bypass valves ①

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Kecht Responsible: Spreitzer Karsten Release date: 13/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 6 / 7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 0802 M0
Mixture bypass valve

Replacing mixture bypass valves ① and gaskets ②.

6.2 J624, Version H
Installation position of the mixture bypass valves ①

Replacing mixture bypass valves ① and gaskets ②.

SprungMarke!!!18014398561895051

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Kecht Responsible: Spreitzer Karsten Release date: 13/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 7/7
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 1000 4
Maintenance after initial commissioning

Operational data: Initial commissioning data sheet E 0309; E 0400; E 8070

Shut down the engine in accordance with TI 1100-0105 and secure it against unauthorised restarting in
accordance with TI 2300-0010.

1 Information
After initial commissioning and before reaching 100 operating hours, the following maintenance work should
be carried out once.

2 Maintenance work

2.1 Valve stem projection: W 0400 M4

Measuring the valve-stem projection.
Enter the measured values on the initial commissioning data sheet.

2.2 Valve play / cylinder head: W 0400 M4

Adjust the valve play of the inlet and exhaust valves.
Enter the measured values in the Operational data – Valve-stem projection (E 0400) table.

2.3 Ignition voltage check / spark plugs: IW 0309 M0

Check the ignition voltage and, if required, readjust the spark plug electrodes.
Enter the measured values in the Operational spark plug data (E 0309) table.

2.4 Data collection for the flexibly-mounted coupling housing: IW 8079 A4

Measure the gap in 4 places on the circumference.
Enter the measured values in the table Operational data for the flexibly-mounted coupling
housing (E 8079 4).

2.5 Gas filter: W 8045 A0

Check the gas filter.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 19/02/2015
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 1000 4
Maintenance after initial commissioning

2.6 Control rod assembly/throttle valve: W 0200 M4

Grease pivot points using a grease gun at the lubricating nipples. Remove the excess grease and apply a
grease film to the left and right-hand side of the bearing gap to protect against dust.
SprungMarke!!!27021597822817035

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 19/02/2015
Index: 4 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 2100 M0
Overhaul

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.

1 Tips
The overhaul must be carried out by GE Jenbacher or a specialist company recognised by GE Jenbacher. We
kindly ask you to contact us in time, so we can ensure the work is carried out at the time requested.
We would also like to mention the possibility of using a service-exchange engine instead of carrying out a
large-scale overhaul.

2 Maintenance work to be carried out

2.1 Camshaft and gear train: inspect and replace, if necessary.

2.2 Crankshaft: disassemble, inspect and rework, if necessary.

2.3 Crankcase: inspect and rework, if necessary.

Following the overhaul, the engine must be commissioned according to Technical Instruction 1400-0100
"Regulations for running in GE Jenbachergenerating sets"! The engine must not immediately be subjected
to loads!
SprungMarke!!!9007199306994571

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 24/11/2010
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8023 M0
Exhaust gas turbocharger

1 Scope
This Maintenance Instruction applies to ABB type RR 131, RR 151, TPS 48*, TPS 52* and TPS 57 turbochargers.
*Not if EPA guidelines are applied.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the maintenance work to be carried out on the exhaust gas
turbocharger.

3 Maintenance interval
Interval
Maintenance work As required 10,000 Oh 20,000 Oh Implementation
Inspection - compressor side ■ GEJ1)
Overhaul ■2) ■3) Manufacturer 4)
1)
By GE Jenbacher or authorised specialist personnel.
2)
Only if non-natural gas application or oil cooled.
3)
Only if natural gas application and water cooled.
4)
For this maintenance work, remove the exhaust turbocharger and prepare it for shipping. The exhaust gas
turbocharger may only be disassembled and overhauled by GE Jenbacher engineers, by the manufacturer or
by specialised companies authorised by the manufacturer to carry out this work.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Boewing R. Release date: 03/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8023 M0
Exhaust gas turbocharger

NOTICE
The maximum service life of the exhaust gas turbocharger is 60,000 operating
hours.
The exhaust gas turbocharger must be replaced at the end of this time at the latest.

4 Inspection
As required, e.g. if there is insufficient bypass reserve in the compressor at full load point, carry out a
compressor-side inspection of the casing and diffuser ring for deposits.
If deposits are found, the turbocharger must be cleaned.

The exhaust gas turbocharger may only be cleaned by GE Jenbacher engineers, by the manufacturer or by
specialised companies authorised by the manufacturer to carry out this work.
SprungMarke!!!36028797071229579

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Boewing R. Release date: 03/02/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8031 A0
GE Jenbacher - switch cabinets

Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.

1 Mintenance intervals-standard
Interval every
Maintenance work Point 2000 Oh 8000 Oh / 20,000 Oh
1 year
Clean the air filter 1. ■
Inspect the filter mat and replace as necessary. 2. ■
Check switchgear cabinets for dirt contamination and 3. ■
clean, if necessary

2 Check switchgear cabinets for clogging and clean, if necessary

3 Filter fan

WARNING
Danger of electric shocks!
ü The unit is live.
a) Switch off the power supply before opening it and secure it against being switched on again
inadvertently.

WARNING!
The fan installed uses plain and/or ball bearings, is protected against moisture and dust and fitted with a
temperature monitor. The expected service life is at least 40,000 Oh (L10, 40°C), making the air filter largely
maintenance-free.
Maintenance work sequence:
a) Checking the degree of dirt contamination
b) Filter dirty?
Replace filter as necessary
c) Filter louvres dirty?
Clean as necessary
d) Check the fans for noise
e) CLean with compressed air

3.1 Cleaning the filter fan

If visibly dirty, the components can be cleaned from time to time with a vacuum cleaner or compressed air.
Stubborn oily dirt can be removed with a non-flammable cleaning agent (e.g. "Kaltreiniger").

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Krainz G. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8031 A0
GE Jenbacher - switch cabinets

WARNING
Fire hazard due to hot surfaces!
a) Do no use any flammable liquids for cleaning.

3.2 Changing the filter

A standard filter mat is fitted as standard in the filter fan and outlet filter for preliminary filtering of dry coarse
dust and fluff in the ambient air. We recommend the use of fine filter mats (available as an option) to increase
the degree of protection and for dusts with a grain size < 10 µm. Filters must be replaced now and again,
depending on dust conditions.

3.2.1 Rittal Type SK 323X / 324X filter

Removing the louvred panel

a) Pull the function logo in the louvred panel upwards slightly with a finger to release the panel. The panel can
now be swivelled through about 70°, allowing the filter mat to be changed.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Krainz G. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8031 A0
GE Jenbacher - switch cabinets

Fitting a new filter mat

b) Insert the filter mat in the housing as shown in the above illustration and shut the louvred panel in the
housing until it latches audibly in place.

3.2.2 Rittal Type SK 332X filter

Replacing the filter mat in the Rittal SK 332X filter

a) Open the louvred panel with a plain screwdriver as shown in the above illustration.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Krainz G. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 3/4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8031 A0
GE Jenbacher - switch cabinets

b) Replace the standard filter mat (A), and the fine filter mat (B) if present.
c) Push the louvred panel back into the fan housing until it latches audibly in place.

4 Power cabinet (if included in the GE Jenbacher scope of supply):

Check the power circuit breaker (MERLIN GERIN):
In order to avoid any danger during maintenance work, the breaker must be:
▪ disconnected (drawout breaker)
▪ de-energized (fixed breaker)

Check condition of arc chutes:

▪ arc chute body not damaged,
▪ separators not corroded - if necessary, replace them.
Check wear of contacts:
Close breaker to check the wear of the contacts.

SprungMarke!!!18014398550996363
good contacts worn contacts

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin D. Responsible: Krainz G. Release date: 06/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 4 / 4
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8032 M0
Starter

Iskra
Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.
Please observe the safety and hazard signs in the safety instructions
(TI 2300-0005) and wear the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Check the touch guards for the starter installation
Touch guards to IP2X or IPXXB (protection against fingers) are fitted to starter motor battery poles, the
battery cable, battery busbars and starter motor terminals.

1 Starter
Replacing the starter:
▪ Following the automatic shutdown of all auxiliary equipment, deactivate the engine circuit breaker/cable
circuit breaker (according to the circuit diagram) for the battery charger and control memory in the control
cabinet.
▪ Remove the negative terminal from the module frame and isolate the cable once removed.

① Iskra starter with thermal protection ② J 208 negative battery terminal

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin, Daniel Responsible: Anderson, Barry Release date: 15/05/2013
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8032 M0
Starter

③ Type 3 engine negative battery terminal

④ Type 4 engine negative battery terminal

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin, Daniel Responsible: Anderson, Barry Release date: 15/05/2013
Index: 4 Page No.: 2 / 3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8032 M0
Starter

⑤ Type 6 engine negative battery terminal

▪ Disconnect the starter cables at the starter motor.
In case of 2 or more starter motors installed, the aluminium-acrylic protective cover ⑥ on and the copper
bar ⑦ in the starter connection bar have to be removed.
▪ Loosen and remove the starter assembly nuts at the gear-train housing and remove the starter(s).
▪ When assembling the starter(s), ensure that the terminal screw threads (connections 30 and 31) used are
copper and/or brass. Tighten the relevant hexagonal nuts onto the screws using the tightening torque as
specified in TI 1902-0...
▪ Refit the protective devices correctly.

SprungMarke!!!27021597816534667
Example for type 6 engines: Rubber caps, aluminium-acrylic protective cover ⑥ and copper bar ⑦

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Provin, Daniel Responsible: Anderson, Barry Release date: 15/05/2013
Index: 4 Page No.: 3/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8033 4
Elastomer components

Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.
Elastomer components age and become brittle, even when engines are not operational. That is why the
service life of these components does not depend solely on the length of time for which the module has
been in service, the cooling water temperature and pressure, etc. If this number of operating hours is not
reached, the elastomer components should still be replaced as a precautionary measure after a maximum
of 5 years.
every
Replacing the elastomer components 10000 Oh 20000 Oh 30000 Oh 60000 Oh
Mixture cooler: O-rings (only for J424 and version B11) ■ *)
All O-rings: Turbo-compressor connection, cylinder ■
head cover
All O-rings: Cooling water line, oil lines ■
All hoses: oil lines, pre-lubrication and re-lubrication, ■
venting system, compensation reservoir, exhaust gas
back pressure control, crankcase ventilation
Coupling: coupling discs ■
All rubber buffers: air-filter collection cabinets, ignition ■
cable harness, ignition, switchgear cabinets at the
module, etc.
All O-rings: Mixture intake manifold, cylinder liner, ■ **) ■
crankcase, cylinder head, piston cooling nozzles
Elastic coupling housing: rubber elements ■
Engine / generator bearing: rubber rails ■ ***) ■
Anchor bolts: O-rings ■
Platen-type heat exchanger: rubber gaskets ■ ****) ■
*) 10000Bh or 1000 engine start, whichever occurs first
**) only for biogas, landfill gas, special gases or increased engine cooling water temperature >95°C
***) inspect and replace, if necessary
****) only for engine cooling water temperature >95 °C
SprungMarke!!!18014398568106507

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 15/05/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8037 A0
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Günter Krainz Release date: 24/10/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8037 A0
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54)

Interval
Maintenance work daily 2,000 10,000 20,000 60,000 Carrying out the
Oh Oh Oh Oh work
Daily check ■ Customer
Grid fault check (if installed) ■ Customer
Record bearing temperature ■ Customer
2) 4)
Regrease bearings ■ Customer
Cleaning the generator ■ GEJ 1)
Check generator for damage ■ GEJ 1)
Check cable for wear (chafing) ■ GEJ 1)
Check the rubber buffer (if fitted) ■ GEJ 1)
Checking the anti-condensation heating (if ■ GEJ 1)
installed)
Measuring the insulation / measuring the ■5) GEJ 1)
polarisation
Vibration measurement ■ GEJ 1)
Check the varistor and rectifier diodes ■ GEJ 1)
Replace earth brush (if fitted) ■ GEJ 1)
Replace bearings ■3) GEJ 1)
Generator overhaul ■ GEJ 1)
1)
by GE Jenbacher or a company selected by GE Jenbacher authorised to carry out this work.
2)
Not applicable to generators without grease nipples
3)
Permanently lubricated generator: Replace the bearing after 20,000 operating hours, but after 5 years at the
latest!
4)
If the equipment is used for less than 2,000 operating hours a year, the generator should be regreased
annually! Generators with automatic lubrication unit: Refill the grease storage container in intervals of 2,000
oph.
5)
After 10,000 operating hours or more than 3 months' standstill

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Günter Krainz Release date: 24/10/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 2 / 8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8037 A0
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54)

1 Scope
This Instruction applies to Type LSAC52, LSAC53 und LSAC54 generators manufactured by Leroy Somer.

2 Purpose
This Instruction applies to the maintenance of the generator.

3 Transport protection
The generator is fitted with transport safety pegs to prevent the bearings from being damaged during
transport. Remove all the transport safety pegs before commissioning and keep them for possible future
transport - see TI 1000-0044.

4 General overview of the generator

The generator shown here is a LSAC 52, but the appearance can vary depending on the generator type.

① Non-driven end ⑤ Grease outlet

② Driven end ⑥ Terminal box
③ Ventilation inlet grille ⑦ Ventilation outlet grille
④ Lubricating nipple

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Günter Krainz Release date: 24/10/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 3/8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8037 A0
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54)

5 Daily check

5.1 Visual Inspection
▪ Check that the bolts are seated properly and inspect for damage.
▪ Check the generator (terminal box, generator surface, grease nipples, ventilation grilles, etc.) for dirt and
damage.

5.2 Checking for smoke and smells

Shut down the engine immediately if smoke or unusual smells are noticed.
Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.

5.3 Checking for unusual noises during operation

Shut down the engine immediately if unusual noises are noticed. Contact the GE Jenbacher Customer Service
or a company selected by GE Jenbacher authorised to carry out work on the generator.
Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.

6 Grid fault check (if installed)

General:
If a mains failure occurs that causes a defined changed in the voltage, current or frequency at the generator, a
warning or trip message is displayed on the DIA.NE screen (or optionally on a remote computer).
The DIA.NE screen shown below is only a symbolic representation, as different versions of the engine
management exist.

DIA.NE system
① GE Jenbacher DIA.NE (engine management ② Remote computer (optionally)
system)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Günter Krainz Release date: 24/10/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 4 / 8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8037 A0
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54)

Course of action with DIA.NE systems:

Press the "Alarm" button in the DIA.NE system and search for the grid faults listed below:

① Grid - faults

If any of the above operational messages are displayed, carry out the measures specified in Inspection
Instruction I 8030 0
These error messages are generally due to a mains failure. Consult the Error message list to find out the exact
mains events.

7 Record bearing temperature

Enter the measurements in the operational data booklet.

General:
Best practice is to take the first measurement (see Initial Commissioning data sheet) as a baseline in order to
establish a trend in the deterioration of the condition of the bearings. Temperature fluctuations without any
apparent reason (such as changes in ambient temperature) indicate a malfunction somewhere, in which case
the bearing in question should be checked.
Check the temperature of the bearings when re-greasing them. The bearing temperature may increase during
the lubrication process, but should return to normal operating values after a few minutes of operation.

Test method:
Read off and log the bearing temperature value on the DIA.NE or remote computer.
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Günter Krainz Release date: 24/10/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 5/8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8037 A0
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54)

The illustration may vary due to the different DIA.NE system applications.

Assessment criterion:
The temperature rise should remain within the limits. If the temperature increases continuously despite the
load being constant, caution should be exercised.

Bearing temperature limits:

Warning: > 85°C
Trip: >90°C

Procedure in the event of deviations:

If limit values set in the system are reached, a warning/shutdown is activated automatically. If a limit is found
to be exceeded during the inspection, shut down the engine at once. Contact the GE Jenbacher customer
service.
Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.

8 Re-greasing the bearing

Notes:
▪ Failure to observe the following lubrication instructions can result in the escape of grease and/or bearing
damage. Keep the bearings and grease free of dirt to prevent damaging the generator.
▪ Re-grease the bearings when the generating set is running.
▪ Take particular care to avoid contact with rotating parts when re-greasing. Personal injury and/or damage
to the generating can occur otherwise.
▪ The work must be planned so that the generator does not need to be stopped for at least 6 hours after re-
greasing. Furthermore, we do not advise running a generating set under partial load for this length of time
either. Always aim for full load operation.
▪ Check the temperature of the bearings when re-greasing them. The bearing temperature may increase
during the lubrication process, but should return to normal operating values after a few minutes of
operation.
▪ Log the re-greasing:
Enter the regreasing time in the Generator Operational Data Log - Regreasing (E 8030).

Required tools:
Grease pump, grease meter or balance, cleaning cloth (lint-free).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Günter Krainz Release date: 24/10/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 6 / 8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8037 A0
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54)

Regreasing:
Step 1:
The prescribed type and quantity of grease can be found on the sticker on the generator. Observe the precise
weight or quantity of grease as per the type plate.

Type plate
① Prescribed grease
② Grease quantity
③ Note: regreasing intervals as per GE Jenbacher instruction. The intervals specified on the generator
type plate do not apply here!

Step 2:
Fill a clean grease pump with the stated quantity of the specified grease quality. If the grease pump has been
previously filled with a different quality grease, clean it with the utmost thoroughness.
Step 3:
Clean the grease nipples with a flint-free cloth before regreasing to ensure that no particles of dirt get into the
bearings.
Step 4:
Regrease the bearings when the generator is running and at operating temperature so that the grease is
evenly distributed and overgreasing can be avoided.
Step 5:
Pump in the grease with the grease gun at the grease nipple. Regreasing should take between 5 and 30
minutes.
Note: The bearing temperature may rise by a maximum of 25°C during regreasing, but must drop back to the
value at the start of regreasing. This can take up to 96 hours.
Step 6:
Remove any escaped lubricating grease on the underside of the casing cover.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Günter Krainz Release date: 24/10/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 7/8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8037 A0
Generator (LSA52, LSA53, LSA54)

9 Decommissioning the plant

When prolonged scheduled or unscheduled downtimes occur, e.g. after the heating season when operating as
a cogeneration plant, the installation must be prepared (preserved) for its downtime according to its
geographical location (climate, proximity of the sea, etc.). As conditions can vary enormously, we recommend
that you consult a suitable specialist firm concerning the measures to be taken or contract it to carry out the
work.
When the generator is out of service for a prolonged period, the rotor must be rotated every two months
to ensure that the rolling elements change position (a small change of position will suffice).
Do not rotate the rotor at the fan but use the engine flywheel.

10 Recommissioning the plant

When the installation is being recommissioned after ≥6 months, the bearings must be thoroughly lubricated
with the specified quantity of grease to replace the old grease.
Where the plant is to be recommissioned after a long period of downtime (e.g. 2 years), the bearings must be
replaced as the grease starts to resinify over time, which makes the bearings unusable.
Of course, before recommissioning the plant, you must make sure that it is back in its normal operational
condition.
SprungMarke!!!5010572683

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Günter Krainz Release date: 24/10/2013
Index: 1 Page No.: 8 / 8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8038 M4
Oil filter cartridge

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.

1 Change the oil filter cartridge

You must replace the oil filter cartridge if the oil pressure falls below 3.5 bar for a longer period of time
during engine operation
To drain the engine oil from the oil filter, open the shut-off valve of the oil-filter inlet line.
Unbolt the cover and remove the oil filter cartridge.
Clean the oil filter housing.

Check the new oil filter cartridge inside and outside for packing material, loose accessories supplied with it, and
damage.
Lubricate O-rings (new oil filter cartridge) and slide into the oil filter housing.
Replace the O-ring on the cover and lubricate it.
Refit the cover.
Close the shut-off valve in the oil-filter inlet line and run the electrical pre-startup lubrication system for a few
minutes.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEM/Hintner Release date: 01/02/2012
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8038 M4
Oil filter cartridge

SprungMarke!!!18014398563307147
① Lubricating oil filter - engine ② Oil filter cartridge

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEM/Hintner Release date: 01/02/2012
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8043 A0
Plate-type heat exchanger

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.

1 Overhaul
The plate-type heat exchanger should only be repaired or overhauled by the manufacturer or by
specialised companies authorised to carry out this work.
SprungMarke!!!41527947

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: 24/11/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8045 A0
Gas pressure control system

Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.
Please observe the safety and hazard signs in the safety instructions
(TI 2300-0005) and wear the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Please observe the employee protection information in Technical Instruction no. 2300-0001.

1 Scope
This Maintenance Instruction applies to Jenbacher modules with Type 2, 3 ,4 and 6 engines.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the maintenance of the gas train and the prechamber gas train.

3 Maintenance interval - standard

Interval
Maintenance work 2000 Oh 30000 Oh 60000 Oh Carrying out the
work
Gas filter ■ Customer
High-pressure controller (pre- ■ GEJ 1)
pressure controller) - overhaul
Prechamber differential pressure ■ GEJ 1)
controller - overhaul
Zero pressure controller - ■ GEJ 1)
overhaul (optional)
Gas train - overhaul ■ GEJ 1)
1)
by GE Jenbacher or a company selected by GE Jenbacher authorised to carry out this work.

4 Components
Example of a gas train:

Gas train

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Anderson B. Release date: 17/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8045 A0
Gas pressure control system

Prechamber gas train

① Gas filter
② High-pressure controller (pre-pressure controller)
③ Zero-pressure controller
④ Prechamber differential pressure controller

5 Gas filters
Remove the gas filter cover.
Remove the filter cartridge and check it for clogging.
Clean the filter housing.
Replace the O-ring.
Insert cleaned or new filter cartridge.
The filter cartridge should be replaced at least once a year!
Bolt the cover back on, with a special gas filter, insert the bolts for the filter cover crosswise and hand-tighten
them, then tighten them fully to a torque of 70 Nm.
Check the filter for leaks (leak detection spray). (see Leak testing, IW 8049 0)
SprungMarke!!!18014398555462539

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Anderson B. Release date: 17/12/2013
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8047 M0
Piston/Piston cooling

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.

1 Piston
Replace piston, piston rings and piston pins.

2 Piston cooling
Provide the piston cooling nozzles with a new O-ring.
Check the assembly position of all piston cooling nozzles using the special inspection equipment.
SprungMarke!!!9007199307060363

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEK/VSA Release date: 24/11/2010
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8048 M0
Connecting rods and connecting rod bearings

Shut down the engine in accordance with TI 1100-0105 and secure it against unauthorised restarting in
accordance with TI 2300-0010.

1 Scope
This Maintenance Instruction applies to all Type 2, 3, 4 and 6 GE Jenbacher gas engines.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the maintenance of the connecting rods and connecting rod bearings.

3 Interval
Interval
Maintenance work 30 000 Oh Implementation
30 Replace the connecting rods, connecting-rod bearings and ■ GEJ1)
connecting-rod screws.
1)
by GE Jenbacher or a company selected by GE Jenbacher authorised to carry out this work.
valid for GE Jenbacher engines:
Type 2 with maintenance schedule A.
Type 3 with maintenance schedule A.
Type 3 with maintenance schedule D (results after 20 000 Oh – Inspection).
Type 4 with maintenance schedule A and E.
Type 4 with maintenance schedule D (results after 20 000 Oh – Inspection).
Type 6 with maintenance schedule A.
Type 6 with maintenance schedule D (results after 20 000 Oh – Inspection).

4 Note

NOTICE
This maintenance step entails an increased risk of the ingress of dirt into the clean
oil circuit, which can cause serious damage.
Proceed extremely carefully when following the GE Jenbacher instructions and make sure before
finishing the work that there is no dirt contamination in the engine, in particular in the clean oil
circuit.

SprungMarke!!!27021597816548235

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F Responsible: Nota F Release date: 05/03/2015
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8049 M0
Cylinder liner

Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.

1 Cylinder liner

NOTICE
This maintenance step entails an increased risk of the ingress of dirt into the clean
oil circuit, which can cause extremely serious damage.
Proceed extremely carefully when following the GE Jenbacher instructions and make sure before
finishing the work that there is no dirt contamination in the engine, in particular in the clean oil
circuit.

Replace the cylinder liner and O-rings (and the scraper ring if fitted).
Depending on the engine type and version, a scraper ring may be fitted although the engine has
steel pistons. If this is the case the scraper ring must be replaced as well.

Only use a hand pump to remove the cylinder liner.

Do not use hydraulic or electric pumps!
SprungMarke!!!36028797071293067

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Anderson, Barry Release date: 14/01/2014
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8050 M0
Main crankshaft bearing

Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.

1 Maintenance interval-Standard
Interval
Maintenance work 30000 Oh 40000 Oh Work carried out
(4,000 engine starts) (3000 engine starts) by
Replace the main crankshaft ■ GEJ 1)
bearing
Replace the main crankshaft ■2) GEJ 1)
bearing
1)
By GE-Jenbacher or by GE-Jenbacher a specialist company authorized to carry out the work!
2)
only for biogas, landfill gas and special gas engines

2 Main crankshaft bearings

NOTICE
This maintenance step entails an increased risk of the ingress of dirt into the clean
oil circuit, which can cause extremely serious damage.
Proceed extremely carefully when following the variable instructions and make sure before
finishing the work that there is no dirt contamination in the engine, in particular in the clean oil
circuit.

The main crankshaft bearings must be completely replaced at 30,000 (40,000) operating hours or when the
maximum number of engine starts has been reached as indicated in the above table.
SprungMarke!!!27021597816555915

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Anderson B. Release date: 13/01/2014
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8051 M0
Exhaust gas manifold/exhaust gas lagging

1 Exhaust manifold and lagging:

▪ Check the exhaust manifold and connecting pieces for scale and cracks.
Possible leaks can be recognised by discolouration of the insulation.
▪ Check the compensators for cracks and/or tears on the inner protective pipes.
▪ Check the exhaust gas lagging.

Exhaust manifold locking hook for assembly

Use the locking hook provided (see the illustration above).
SprungMarke!!!18014398561818763

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Service Team I Release date: 26/07/2011
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8052 M0
Camshaft/timing gear

Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.
Carry out the inspection below following each cylinder-head disassembly!
Even if you have replaced a single cylinder head, you should inspect the relevant tappets and cams.

1 Camshaft
Visual inspection of camshaft cams:
Turn the cam gradually 4x90°. Visually inspect the running surface for inadmissible damage/chipping at every
tappet bore along the entire cam circumference.

2 Control parts
Inspect the tappets (replace at max. 30,000 operating hours).
Inspect the push rod, ball screw, rocker arm and rocker arm support.
SprungMarke!!!9007199307081611

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Service Team I Release date: 24/11/2010
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8053 M4
Cylinder head replacement

1 Cylinder head replacement..................................................................................................................... 2

1.1 Disassembling the cylinder head....................................................................................................................... 2
1.2 Cylinder head assembly using a hydraulic drive module – if no hydraulic drive module is
available, assemble the cylinder head according to section 1.3 ........................................................ 3
1.3 Cylinder head assembly without hydraulic drive module ...................................................................... 6
2 Fill the cooling water according to W 8080 A0!................................................................................... 6
Switch off the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction No. 1100-0105 and ensure that
unauthorised persons cannot start the engine.
Interval: every
Maintenance work Point 30000 Oh ….. Oh
30 Cylinder head replacement 1. ■*)
- Cylinder head replacement 1. ■ **)
*) To be done on disassembly, when replacing piston and cylinder liner.
Clean the cylinder head at the sealing surfaces and measure the valve-stem projection.
If the wear equals or exceeds 1.2 mm, we recommend replacing the cylinder head for reasons of economy.
**) When a check of the valve-stem projection shows that the maximum wear tolerance limit has been
reached.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEAM/Jandewerth Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8053 M4
Cylinder head replacement

① Plug-in connection ⑤ Fibre-optic cable

② Knock control system ⑥ Cylinder head bore
③ Knock sensor 2 ⑦ Thermocouple
④ Knock sensor 1

1 Cylinder head replacement

1.1 Disassembling the cylinder head

Drain the coolant until the cylinder heads are emptied.
Caution: never re-use drained cooling water when re-filling the cooling system!
Disassemble ignition coils and spark plug.
Disassemble the thermocouples.
Disassemble the exhaust gas lagging (if available).
Disassemble and inspect the exhaust, mixture and cooling water lines.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEAM/Jandewerth Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 2 / 6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8053 M4
Cylinder head replacement

Disassembling the knock control system:

▪ disassemble KLS98 plug-in connection,
▪ remove the knock sensors from the rear cylinder head bolts,
▪ disassemble the optical probes from the boreholes.
Disassembly of the cylinder-head cover.
Disassemble and check the valve control components (rocker support, rocker arms, tappet push rods and
tappets).
Inspect the camshaft.
Remove the cylinder head bolts and the cylinder heads.
Please note:Avoid damaging the sealing surface of the cylinder heads.

1.2 Cylinder head assembly using a hydraulic drive module – if no hydraulic drive module is available,
assemble the cylinder head according to section 1.3
Clean sealing surfaces on crankcase, intermediate ring and cylinder heads and fit new gaskets.
Mount the cylinder heads.
Oil double-end studs and nut contact areas of cylinder heads.
Hand-tighten the cylinder head nuts, "starting at the top".
Fit the hydraulic torque spanner to the cylinder head
nuts.

Connect the hoses to the four hydraulic cylinders and to the hydraulic drive module.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEAM/Jandewerth Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 3/6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8053 M4
Cylinder head replacement

① Hydraulic drive module.

Switch on the hydraulic drive module.
Using the remote control unit, tighten the cylinder head nuts to the tightening pressure as specified in TI
1902-0213.
Hydraulic drive module, remote control unit.
① Clamping cylinder pressure

Maintain a safety distance of 3 - 5 m from the screw clamping cylinder while pressure is being built-up.
It is absolutely forbidden for anyone to remain on the pulling side while pressure is being built up.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEAM/Jandewerth Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 4 / 6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8053 M4
Cylinder head replacement

The operating staff must check the hydraulic pressure increase using the pressure gauge. If despite
continuous pressure generation the pressure no longer increases, the pressure build-up must be stopped
immediately.
This may be caused by a plastic deformation. For that reason, check the screw connection for form and
dimensional accuracy.
(e.g. permanent double-end stud elongation).
① Direction of rotation
Having applied pressure, turn all four nuts manually at
the turning device (square) until they rest against the
cylinder head.

Using the remote control unit, reduce the screw clamping cylinder pressure.
Switch off the hydraulic drive module.
Remove the hoses from the hydraulic cylinders and then remove all four hydraulic cylinders.
Assemble the valve control system.
Adjust the valve play according to W 0400 M4.
Clean the sealing surface at the underside of the rocker cover and remove any paint residues.
Fit the protective caps to the cylinder-head nuts.
Mount the knock control system.
Fit the rocker cover using a new gasket.
Mount the exhaust, mixture and cooling water lines.
Fit the spark plugs and ignition coils.
Fit the lagging.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEAM/Jandewerth Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 5/6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8053 M4
Cylinder head replacement

1.3 Cylinder head assembly without hydraulic drive module

Screw in bolts hand-tight and tighten crosswise with a torque of 147.4 lb ft
(200Nm) (starting on the intake side "top"). Fit angle-of-rotation tool (see figure) and
tighten crosswise in two stages at angles of 45° each.

Fit the protective caps to the cylinder-head nuts.

Assemble the valve control system.
Adjust the valve play according to W 0400 M4.
Clean the sealing surface at the underside of the rocker cover and remove any paint residues.
Mount the knock control system.
Fit the rocker cover using a new gasket.
Mount the exhaust, mixture and cooling water lines.
Fit the spark plugs and ignition coils.
Fit the lagging.

2 Fill the cooling water according to W 8080 A0!

SprungMarke!!!53832843

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEAM/Jandewerth Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 6 / 6
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8054 M0
Pre-lubricating pump

1 Scope
This Maintenance Instruction applies to GE Jenbacher Types 4 and 6 Jenbacher modules.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the maintenance of the electric prelubrication pump.

3 Mintenance intervals-standard
Maintenance work Interval
For Type 4 For Type 6 60,000 Oh Work carried out
2,000 Oh 10,000 Oh by

Or a maximum of Or a maximum of
1500 engine starts 3000 engine starts
Electric motor - brush ■ ■ GEJ 1)
inspection
Prelubrication pump - ■ Manufacturer 2)
overhaul
1)
By GE Jenbacher or authorised specialist personnel.
2)
Overhauls may only be carried out by the manufacturer or by specialised companies authorised by the
manufacturer to carry out this work.

4 Checking the brushes

▪ Remove the cover.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Feyrsinger Release date: 19/01/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 1/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8054 M0
Pre-lubricating pump

① Cover
▪ Remove the retaining strap, bend the metal plate upwards slightly and carefully remove. Most of the
abrasion dust is at the bottom by the metal plate.

① Retaining strap ② Plate

▪ Carefully remove the abrasion dust from the motor (using a vacuum cleaner and/or brush / compressed air
as necessary).
▪ Clean the exterior of the motor and the cover plate.
▪ Check if the brushes are properly seated in their holders (they must move freely).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Feyrsinger Release date: 19/01/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 2 / 3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8054 M0
Pre-lubricating pump

▪ Remove a now-exposed brush and check it for wear.

Note: never wait until brushes are completely worn before replacing them. If one brush is damaged, the entire
set must always be replaced. Only use original brushes.
When carrying out maintenance or replacing brushes, always blow dry compressed air through the free brush
inlets to clear graphite dust out of the motor.
▪ Check the brush lengths. If a brush is shorter than 15 mm, all the brushes must be replaced.

① Brush length
▪ Refit the brush(es) and check that all brushes move freely in their holders.
SprungMarke!!!36028797071322507
▪ Reassemble in reverse order.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Feyrsinger Release date: 19/01/2015
Index: 5 Page No.: 3/3
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8056 M4
Combustion chamber

1 Inspection................................................................................................................................................... 1
2 Cleaning...................................................................................................................................................... 1
2.1 General instructions: ................................................................................................................................................ 1
2.1.1 Implementation 1
2.1.2 Materials/tools/machinery required: 1
2.1.3 Operating the blast cleaning machine and compressor: 2
2.1.4 Maintenance 2
2.2 Cleaning - pistons...................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.3 Cleaning the cylinder head base........................................................................................................................ 7
2.4 Fitting the cylinder head ........................................................................................................................................ 8
Shut down the engine in accordance with Technical Instruction no. 1100-0105 and secure it against
unauthorised restarting in accordance with Technical Instruction 2300-0010.
Please observe the safety and hazard signs in the safety instructions
(TI 2300-0005) and wear the appropriate personal protective equipment.
Maintenance work Point Interval
- Emission measurement - In accordance with official guidelines.
- Inspection 1. If the CO limit is exceeded, inspect and, if
- Cleaning 2. required, clean the combustion chambers.

1 Inspection
▪ Remove and inspect spark plugs – refer to IW 0309 M0.
▪ Inspect all cylinders using an endoscope for any deposits that may have accumulated.
Make sure to pay special attention to the six-o-clock-position!
▪ If necessary, clean the combustion chambers (pistons and cylinder head base) as described below.

2 Cleaning

2.1 General instructions:

2.1.1 Implementation

Combustion chambers are cleaned using a transportable blast cleaning machine. The areas to be cleaned
must be screened off with hoods.

2.1.2 Materials/tools/machinery required:
▪ Blast cleaning machine
▪ Blast hood for pistons
▪ Blast hood for cylinder head
▪ Basin for cylinder head
▪ pressure reducing valve
▪ Blast nozzle
Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TTS-Rissbacher/TEM-Neiteler Release date: 24/04/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 1/8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8056 M4
Combustion chamber

▪ Blast beads (only blast consumables obtainable from GE Jenbacher are permitted)
▪ Vacuum-operated jet cleaner
▪ Reciprocating compressor
▪ Compressed air hose reel
Information on the operation with compressors or vacuum-operated jet cleaners deviating from the parts list:
Both the vacuum-operated jet cleaner and the blasting gun require an air volume of 500 l/min at 6 bar. The
blasting gun comes equipped with 7 mm compressed-air and blast-medium connections. The vacuum-
operated jet cleaner must be able to operate with blast material consisting of particles up to 1 mm and must
have a 9 litre blast-material volume.

2.1.3 Operating the blast cleaning machine and compressor:

The blast cleaning machine and compressor must be operated in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions, which are contained in Section 5.2 in the "Description – Operation" folder.

① Compressor ② Vacuum suction machine

2.1.4 Maintenance

a) Blast cleaning machine and compressor:

Maintenance of the blast cleaning machine and compressor must be carried out in accordance with the
manufacturer's documentation.

b) Rotating the inspection glasses:

The inspection glasses on both hoods are subject to wear. If it is no longer possible to check the work, you have
to rotate the inspection glass:
▪ Loosen the groove nut on top of the hood.
▪ Rotate the glass until you are again able to see through it.
▪ Tighten the slotted nut (finger-tight, do not use a tool).
If the glass is completely worn, replace it. In order to do so, you have to remove the groove nut and the sealing
washer completely.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TTS-Rissbacher/TEM-Neiteler Release date: 24/04/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 2 / 8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8056 M4
Combustion chamber

c) Blast medium:
You will know that the blast medium is worn when the blast power deteriorates. Check for wear. If most of the
blast material is no longer recognisable as ball-shaped beads, replace it.
Only blast consumables obtainable from GE Jenbacher are permitted!

2.2 Cleaning - pistons
▪ Remove the cylinder head as described in W 8053 M4 (the cylinder head bolts can remain in the
crankcase).
▪ Remove the scraper ring.
Rotate the crankshaft manually until the scraper ring on the piston can be removed. Then turn it back
again until the piston of the cylinder head to be cleaned is positioned in the top dead centre.

▪ Position the O-ring between the piston and the cylinder liner.

① O-Ring
▪ Place the piston cleaning hood on top (move the suction socket downwards) and connect the suction hose
of the blast cleaning machine to the suction socket).

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TTS-Rissbacher/TEM-Neiteler Release date: 24/04/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 3/8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8056 M4
Combustion chamber

① Lamp ③ Suction socket

② Nozzle mounting ④ Groove nut
▪ Switch on the lighting by rotating to the left.

▪ Clean the top of the piston (inserting the blast nozzle from above).
Adjust the blast pressure to take account of the strength of the adhering material. The greater the blast
pressure, the greater the wear on the inspection glass.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TTS-Rissbacher/TEM-Neiteler Release date: 24/04/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 4 / 8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8056 M4
Combustion chamber

▪ Clean the piston cavity (inserting the blast nozzle from the side).

▪ Switch off the blast machine compressor.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TTS-Rissbacher/TEM-Neiteler Release date: 24/04/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 5/8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8056 M4
Combustion chamber

① Remove the blast nozzle and suction hose from the cleaning hood.
▪ Remove the cleaning hood.
Extract the remaining blast medium.
Remove the O-rings (between the piston and cylinder
liner).
liner).

▪ Fit the scraper ring.

New scraper rings must be used. Rotate the crankshaft manually until the scraper ring on the piston can be
refitted.
▪ Clean the cylinder liner.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TTS-Rissbacher/TEM-Neiteler Release date: 24/04/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 6 / 8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8056 M4
Combustion chamber

– Rotate the crankshaft manually until the piston is in the lower position.
– Remove any blast material from the cylinder running surface with a clean cloth.
– Visually inspect the running surface.

2.3 Cleaning the cylinder head base

Do not blast the spark plug at the same time. Make sure to fit old spark plugs or a M18x1.5 plug!
▪ Position the cylinder head in the basin.

▪ Place the piston cleaning hood on top (move the suction socket down) and connect the suction hose of the
blast cleaning machine to the suction socket.
▪ Switch on the lighting by rotating to the left.

① LE lamps ② Battery pack

▪ Clean the base of the cylinder head.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TTS-Rissbacher/TEM-Neiteler Release date: 24/04/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 7/8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8056 M4
Combustion chamber

▪ Switch off the blast machine compressor.

▪ Remove the cleaning hood.
▪ Extract the remaining blast medium.
▪ Remove old spark plug.
▪ Actuate valves to remove any trapped blast material.
▪ Blow off the spark plug thread and the intake and outlet manifold with compressed air.

2.4 Fitting the cylinder head

Fit the cylinder as described in W 8053 M4.
SprungMarke!!!27021597817909643

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TTS-Rissbacher/TEM-Neiteler Release date: 24/04/2012
Index: 4 Page No.: 8 / 8
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

1 Scope
This Maintenance Instruction applies to all GE Distributed Power modules with Type 2, 3, 4 and 6 engines.

2 Purpose
This Maintenance Instruction describes the work to be carried out on the cooling water system.

3 Relevant documents
The following documents must also be observed:
TI 1000-0200 Composition of cooling water in closed primary circuits
TI 1000-0201 Anti-freeze products and testing the coolant
TI 1000-0204 Corrosion protection products for cooling water for GE Jenbacher engines and testing the
coolant
TI 1000-0206 Quality of circuit water in hot water and warm water heating systems
TI 1000-0208 Quality of cooling water in open cooling circuits
JWN 080 080 Module, container, product signage

4 Water pressure inspection (daily)

Water pressure check at the pressure gauge on the filling valve.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 1/14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

① Pressure gauge

Overview of the recommended settings for the engine cooling water pressure:
Modules Prepressure*) in the Filling pressure*) Operating pressure*)
expansion tank when cold when warm (result**)
J 208 GS – J 320 GS 0.6 bar (gauge) 0.9 bar (gauge) 1.5 bar (gauge)
J 412 GS – J 424 GS 0.6 bar (gauge) 0.9 bar (gauge) 1.5 bar (gauge)
J 616 diesel genset 1.7 bar (gauge) 2.1 bar (gauge) 2.5 bar (gauge)
Type 6 E module 0.8 bar (gauge) 1.1 bar (gauge) 1.5 bar (gauge)
Type 6 F/G/H module 1.7 bar (gauge) 2.1 bar (gauge) 2.5 bar (gauge)
Type 6 F/G/H genset 1.7 bar (gauge) 2.1 bar (gauge) 2.5 bar (gauge)
Type 6 F/G "Hot Country" 2.0 bar (gauge) 2.5 bar (gauge) 3.0 bar (gauge)
genset
*) Binding plant-specific figures can be taken from the technical diagram. These settings from the technical
diagram should be observed particularly in the case of containerised modules or genset modules with top-
mounted flat-bed coolers.
**) To be obtained by draining off water if necessary, if the operating pressure resulting from the prepressure/
filling pressure is too high.

Note the exact cooling water operating pressure in the operational data booklet.
Shut down the engine in accordance with TI 1100-0105 and secure it against unauthorised restarting in
accordance with TI 2300-0010.

5 Filling the cooling water

5.1 Filling instructions for the cooling water system

Reduce the prepressure (if required) using the pressure valve at the diaphragm expansion tank. Make sure that
no cooling water has been filled first.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 2 / 14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

① Pressure valve
Set the cooling water system pressure at the filling valve.

① Vent cock (to be opened only when filling water)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 3/14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

Permanent vent (only for containerised installations)

① Shut-off cock (to be shut after starting and thereafter kept shut)

Make sure that the filling hose contains no air when it is connected to the filling valve (to prevent the unwanted
ingress of air into the cooling water system).
Filling the cooling water system via the filling valve.
Keep the vent cock open until the water escaping from the vent is completely free of air.
Shut the shut-off cock by turning it clockwise (to the right) and remove the filling hose from the filling valve.
Repeat the filling procedure every time the cooling system is filled or refilled until the cooling-water system is
completely free of air.

5.2 Venting
Open all the vent cocks when filling the system and close them one after the other when water exits from
them.
Water will exit from the lowest vent point first, which is therefore the first one to close. The topmost vent is
closed last of all.

Vents are marked by the following symbol (see also JWN 080 080):

5.2.1 Electric cooling water pump without permanent bleeding

Electric cooling water pump vent screw

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 4 / 14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

Undo the vent screw until the water escaping no longer contains any air.

5.2.2 Preheating pump

① Preheating pump vent screw

Undo the vent screw until the water escaping no longer contains any air.
Caution: if the engine has been shut down for a long period of time prior to starting, check the preheating
pump shaft for ease of movement → turn the shaft using a screwdriver in the notch of the pump shaft.
Always shut off the flow to the filling valve after completing the filling and/or refilling procedure.
This is to see whether the pressure in the cooling-water system has been maintained.
Attention in the case of single-circuit cooling system modules:
Inspect the cooling water circuit everytime after working on the cooling system and/or every time the
cooling water is changed!

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 5/14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

5.2.3 Additional vents on Type 6 engines

▪ Version E and F vent points

① Vent these anyway when filling, even if they ③ End cover qty. 1
are not included in the engine cooling water
circuit. Qty. 2 (high and low temperature
stages)
② Not fitted to integrated gensets, otherwise qty. ④ Turbocharger qty. 2
1

▪ Version G vent points

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 6 / 14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

① End cover qty. 1 ③ Vent these anyway when filling, even if they
are not included in the engine cooling water
circuit. Qty. 2
② Not fitted to integrated gensets, otherwise qty.
2

▪ Version H vent points

① End cover qty. 1 ③ Turbocharger qty. 2

② Mixture cooler qty. 1

▪ 616D vent points

Caution: The valve in the bypass line must be opened before filling, venting or draining the cooling circuit.
Close it again after venting.

Bypass line valve

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 7/14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

① Charge air cooler (high and lower temperature ④ Turbocharger console qty. 1
stages) qty. 2
② Engine inlet on A and B bank each qty. 1 ⑤ Turbocharger qty. 2
③ Low-temperature water pump inlet qty. 1

5.3 Adjusting the cooling water circuit in the case of single-circuit cooling system modules
▪ Types 2, 3 and 4 engines:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 8 / 14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

Adjust the flow quantity using the section control valve

①.

The setting value can easily be recorded and

reproduced using the scale. The top number (with the
black background) represents the coarse setting (1 to
4), the bottom number (red background) represents the
decimal setting (1 to 9).

The differential temperature is measured between the

engine inlet ②

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 9/14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

and engine cooling water outlet ③.

The differential temperature at full load should be < 6 °C.

▪ Type 6 engines – genset (gas):

On genset modules (single-circuit cooling), the engine cooling water flow is adjusted using the section control
valve. The reduced pressure loss in the small (inner) circuit allows a larger flow quantity compared to that
flowing through the full circuit. The temperature level at the engine inlet increases slightly as a result.
Note that an 11/15 kW cooling water pump was introduced on the J620 as part of the "Cooling" project.
However, this requires different settings at the section control valve compared to the previous 7.5 kW cooling
water pump!
The basic figure for the setting is [5/6]. The top number (with the black background) represents the coarse
setting (1 to 8), the bottom number (red background) represents the decimal setting (1 to 9) on the DN65 section
control valves on Type 6 engines.
Make sure that any subsequent fine adjustment of the section control valve must be based on the engine
cooling water temperature spread!
The fine adjustment of the section control valve is based on the basic figure (see above). Keep adjusting the
valve until the required temperature spread at the customer interface [generally 60 °C (return flow) -> 95 °C
(outward flow)] as specified in the hydraulic diagram has been reached.
The differential temperature between the engine inlet and the cooling water outlet from the engine must be
measured as a further check. This must be less than 5 °C (expected value: 4 – 5 °C), provided that the above
settings have been made correctly.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 10 / 14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

The throttle valve upstream of the oil cooler is set at 3

on the acceptance test bed at Jenbach.

Section control valve ① on the J620 genset.

▪ Type 6 engines – module (gas):

Type 6 engine modules – as part of the "Cooling" project, an 11 kW engine cooling water pump was introduced
on J620engines in module sets with engine cooling water heat exchangers. A section control valve was used
on old plants, but new plants use a fixed orifice. If a section control valve is installed, the following actions must
be carried out:
The section control valve for module sets must not be adjusted at the customer's plant, but is set once and for
all on the acceptance test bed at Jenbach (corresponding to the requirements of the different heat exchanger
types).
The target value for the setting is [3/7] on the acceptance test bed at Jenbach. The top number (with the
black background) represents the coarse setting (1 to 8), the bottom number (red background) represents the
decimal setting (1 to 9) on the DN65 section control valves on Type 6 engines.
As a check, the differential temperature between the engine inlet and the cooling water outlet from the engine
must be measured. This must be less than 5 °C (expected value: 4 – 5 °C), provided that the above settings
have been made correctly. The setting wheel should be removed after the adjustment on the acceptance test
bed at Jenbach. If a setting wheel is fitted to the customer's installation, it should as a rule never be moved.

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 11/14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

Section control valve ① on the J620 module

The differential temperature is measured between the

engine inlet ② (on A or B side)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 12 / 14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

and the cooling water outlet ③ from the engine after

the two return lines have merged.

The differential temperature at full load should be < 5 °C.

5.3.1 Information on measuring the differential temperature

Make sure when establishing the temperature differential that the same equipment is used at both measuring
points.
The most efficient method is using infrared measuring equipment. Ensure that the pipe surface is equal at both
measurement locations (same paint and same surface roughness).
When in doubt, cover both surfaces using wide adhesive tape. The tape must be matt (not glossy or reflecting).
If no infrared measuring equipment is available, the temperature can also be established using contact
measuring equipment. This equipment is not as precise, however, as air flows can affect the surface
temperatures. Therefore, the measuring sensor must be covered and left at both locations for the same period
of time.

5.3.2 Information on adjusting the section control valve

The setting value can easily be recorded and
reproduced using the scale. The top number (with the
black background) represents the coarse setting (1 to
8), the bottom number (red background) represents the
decimal setting (1 to 9).

▪ Types 2, 3 and 4 engines:

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 13/14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Maintenance work: W 8080 A0
Engine – cooling water circuit / Mixture recirculating water

Remove the section control valve lock and safety cap.

The basic setting of the section control valve is approx. [1.5].
Run the engine at half load and adjust the section control valve so that the differential temperature settles at
approx. 4 °C (shutting the valve will increase the differential temperature). Then run the engine at full load, wait
until the temperature remains constant (at least 30 minutes) and then set the differential temperature to < 6 °C.
Differential temperatures below 5 °C (valve opened too far) can result in "Cooling water temperature
maximum".
Differential temperatures between 5 °C and 6 °C are still admissible.
Refit and lock the safety cap.
▪ Type 6 engines (gas):
Remove the section control valve lock and safety cap.
See Section 2.4 for the basic section control valve setting for Type 6 engines.
Run the engine at half load and adjust the control valve so that the differential temperature settles at < 5 °C
(shutting the valve will increase the differential temperature). Then run the engine at full load, wait until the
temperature becomes constant (at least 30 minutes) and set the differential temperature in accordance with
the instructions in Section 2.4 for Type 6 engines.
Opening the valve too far can result in "Cooling water temperature maximum".
Refit and lock the safety cap if provided.
SprungMarke!!!54043195575751307

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F., Kecht S. Responsible: Madl W. Release date: 19/12/2014
Index: 7 Page No.: 14 / 14
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
5 Maintenance record sheets
5.1
Maintenance protocol

Generator No.: Engine No.:

Proper maintenance according to the maintenance schedule is a condition for the acceptance
of warranty claims.
Please note that properly carried out maintenance work is to be acknowledged by filling in the
maintenance record sheet.

Maintena Operating hours Date Signature

nce at Oh Number of starts Mechanic Operator
< 100 Oh
Number of starts
2000 Oh
Number of starts
4000 Oh
Number of starts
6000 Oh
Number of starts
8000 Oh
Number of starts
10000 Oh
Number of starts
12000 Oh
Number of starts
14000 Oh
Number of starts
16000 Oh
Number of starts
18000 Oh
Number of starts
20000 Oh
Number of starts
22000 Oh
Number of starts
24000 Oh
Number of starts
26000 Oh
Number of starts
28000 Oh
Number of starts
30000 Oh
Number of starts
32000 Oh
Number of starts

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
5.1
Maintenance protocol

Maintena Operating hours Date Signature

nce at Oh Number of starts Mechanic Operator
34000 Oh
Number of starts
36000 Oh
Number of starts
38000 Oh
Number of starts
40000 Oh
Number of starts
42000 Oh
Number of starts
44000 Oh
Number of starts
46000 Oh
Number of starts
48000 Oh
Number of starts
50000 Oh
Number of starts
52000 Oh
Number of starts
54000 Oh
Number of starts
56000 Oh
Number of starts
58000 Oh
Number of starts
60000 Oh
Number of starts
After the overhaul following 60,000 operating hours, the maintenance work to be carried out is repeated
at the same interval periods.
SprungMarke!!!60711435

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 1 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
6 Registering operational data
6.1
Operational data booklet

Generator No.: Engine No.:

Operational value to be read Unit Mo. Tue. Wed. Thu. Fr. Sa. Su.
Electrical power P kW
Reactive energy Q kVAr
Apparent power S kVA
cos phi φ
Current: Im Current average A
value
Um Voltage average V
value
In Neutral current A
Ue Exciter voltage V
WP Active power demand MWh
WP Reactive power demand MVARH
Exhaust gas 1 13 °C
temp. - cylinder 2 14 °C
no.:
3 15 °C
4 16 °C
5 17 °C
6 18 °C
7 19 °C
8 20 °C
9 21 °C
10 22 °C
11 23 °C
12 24 °C
Exhaust gas heat exchanger - tube-plate °C
temperature
Generator bearing temperature AS °C
Generator bearing temperature NAS °C
Cooling-water temperature °C
Cooling-water pressure bar
Oil temperature °C
Oil pressure bar
Crankcase pressure *) **) mbar
Pre-combustion chamber differential mbar
pressure *) **)

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
6.1
Operational data booklet

Operational value to be read Unit Mo. Tue. Wed. Thu. Fr. Sa. Su.
Leanox - Mixture temperature °C
data: Boost pressure bar
Gas mixer position %
Gas quantity controller %
setting (optional)
Throttle valve position %
Turbocharger bypass %
position
Operating hours h
Start counter
Exhaust gas temperature (after heat °C
exchanger)
Gas pressure constant ±3 mbar/30 s yes/no
deviation?
Hot water temp. before heat exchanger *) °C
Hot water temp. after heat exchanger *) °C
Air temperature: Ambient (in the °C
open air)
Engine room °C
Correct registering of operational data
confirmed:

*) if included within GE Jenbacher‘s scope of supply!

**) for type 6 engines only!
SprungMarke!!!59280011

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 1 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0101
Operational data – Engine lubricating oil

Generator No.: Engine No.:

Product used (brand name):

* depending on the fuel gas class according to TI 10001109, the first engine lubricating oil analyses can
also be carried out at a later stage according to TI 1000‑0099C.
Operating hours Oil Oil Date performed by Signature Remarks
ana cha
lysi nge
s
75 Oh* ✓

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumenation Release date: 03/02/2015
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0101
Operational data – Engine lubricating oil

Product used (brand name):

SprungMarke!!!9007199315401227

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumenation Release date: 03/02/2015
Index: 2 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0103 a
Operational data - Heat exchanger mixture/water

Generator No.: Engine No.:

Mixture pressure at Differential pressure Date Recorded by

Inspection intervals intake
Mixture pressure at
outlet

Initial commissioning p1=__mbar ∆p =_mbar

p2=______mbar (setpoint value)

10000 p1=__mbar ∆p =_mbar

p2=______mbar
20000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
30000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
40000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
50000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
60000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
SprungMarke!!!60651275
p2=______mbar

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0103 f
Operational data - crankcase ventilation system

Generator No.: Engine No.:

Blow-by separator Differential Pressure Date Recorded by

Inspection intervals pressure - intake
Crankcase pressure
Blow-by separator -
outlet
2000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
4000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
6000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
8000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
10000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
12000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
14000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
16000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
18000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
20000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
22000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
24000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
26000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
28000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
30000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
32000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
34000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
36000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEM/Gebhardt Release date: -
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0103 f
Operational data - crankcase ventilation system

Blow-by separator Differential Pressure Date Recorded by

Inspection intervals pressure - intake
Crankcase pressure
Blow-by separator -
outlet
38000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
40000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
42000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
44000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
46000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
48000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
50000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
52000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
54000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
56000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
58000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
p2=______mbar
60000 p1=______mbar ∆p =_____mbar
SprungMarke!!!9007199434000907
p2=______mbar

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TEM/Gebhardt Release date: -
Index: 2 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0309
Operational data – spark plugs

Generator No.: Engine No.:

Spark plug type ______ Optimal electrode distance mm

Ignition voltage requirement, preset range from: _________kV to: _________kV
(see IW 0309 M0)

Calendar week: ___ Calendar week: ___ Calendar week: ___ Calendar week: ___
Operating hours: ___ Operating hours: ___ Operating hours: ___ Operating hours: ___
Cyl. Ignition voltage Ignition voltage Ignition voltage Ignition voltage
requirement requirement requirement requirement
ACTUAL after ACTUAL after ACTUAL after ACTUAL after
Value adjustment Value adjustment Value adjustment Value adjustment
or or or or
exchange exchange exchange exchange
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 2 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0309
Operational data – spark plugs

Calendar week: ___ Calendar week: ___ Calendar week: ___ Calendar week: ___
Operating hours: ___ Operating hours: ___ Operating hours: ___ Operating hours: ___
Cyl. Ignition voltage Ignition voltage Ignition voltage Ignition voltage
requirement requirement requirement requirement
ACTUAL Value after ACTUAL after ACTUAL after ACTUAL after
adjustment Value adjustment Value adjustmen Value adjustment
or or t or or
exchange exchange exchange exchange
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
SprungMarke!!!9007199525280651
24

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 2 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0400
Operational data - Valve-stem projection

Generator No.: Engine No.:

AV=Outlet valve IV = Inlet valve

Cyl. Operating hours: ______ Operating hours: ______ Operating hours: ______
Valve-stem projection (mm) Valve-stem projection (mm) Valve-stem projection (mm)
OV IV OV IV OV IV
left right left right left right left right left right left right
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 0400
Operational data - Valve-stem projection

Generator No.: Engine No.:

AV=Outlet valve IV = Inlet valve

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: Dokumentation Release date: -
Index: 1 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 8049
Operational data on leak test for pipes and components carrying fuel
gas and mixtures

Generator No.: Engine No.:

Operatin Leak Date performed by Signature Comments

g testing (carried out work)
hours
8000 ✔
16000
24000
32000
40000
48000
56000
*)

*) If any changes, repairs, unscheduled maintenance!

SprungMarke!!!201229835

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Doku./Bilek Responsible: TET/ Fuerhapter Markus Release date: 25/10/2010
Index: 1 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 8079 4
Data collection for flexibly-mounted coupling housing

Generator No.: Engine No.:

Gap width: setpoint value 10mm +/- 1mm Measure the gap width at 4 poinrs around the
circumference: A = 9 o'clock; B = 12 o'clock; C = 3
o'clock, D = 6 o'clock.

Inspection intervals Gap width Date Checked by...

before initial A = _mm C = _mm

commissioning B = _______mm D = _______mm

4000 A = _mm C = _mm

B = _______mm D = _______mm
8000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
12000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
16000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
20000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
24000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
28000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
32000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
36000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
40000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: -
Index: 3 Page No.: 1/2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
Operational dataE 8079 4
Data collection for flexibly-mounted coupling housing

Inspection intervals Gap width Date Checked by...

44000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
48000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
52000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
56000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
60000 A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
*) A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
A = _______mm C = _______mm
B = _______mm D = _______mm
*) For repairs outside regular maintenance.
SprungMarke!!!18014399043112971

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Bilek F. Responsible: Wolf S. Release date: -
Index: 3 Page No.: 2 / 2
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.
7 Initial commissioning data sheet
7.1
Initial commissioning data sheet

SprungMarke!!!45035997886265611

Identification: TAFRID ENGINE QUICKIE # 1 Device number: J T057 Module number: 1134057
Module type: JMS 420 GS-N.L Engine version: B 105
Author: Responsible: Release date: 18/11/2013
Index: 6 Page No.: 1/1
GE Proprietary Information: CONFIDENTIAL! Use or disclosure of data contained on this sheet is subject to the restrictions on the cover or on the first page.

Manual Spare Parts PDF
No ratings yet
Manual Spare Parts PDF
257 pages
GE - 200802 - Technical Specs Jenbacher Type 6 PDF
No ratings yet
GE - 200802 - Technical Specs Jenbacher Type 6 PDF
2 pages
1000-0004 en
100% (2)
1000-0004 en
20 pages
TS JGC320 D805 480V 35C 500NOx 01-Feb-18 Preliminary
100% (1)
TS JGC320 D805 480V 35C 500NOx 01-Feb-18 Preliminary
47 pages
Maintenance (J J245-EN) - 1 PDF
100% (2)
Maintenance (J J245-EN) - 1 PDF
500 pages
Spax (Safi Pickup Amplifier Extended) : Technical Instruction
No ratings yet
Spax (Safi Pickup Amplifier Extended) : Technical Instruction
26 pages
DIA - NE XT4 CTR 4.08 HMI 2.9 R5 - en
100% (1)
DIA - NE XT4 CTR 4.08 HMI 2.9 R5 - en
222 pages
320
No ratings yet
320
61 pages
MWM Jenbacher Replacement Parts List
No ratings yet
MWM Jenbacher Replacement Parts List
7 pages
W 0700m6 - Gas Mixer PDF
No ratings yet
W 0700m6 - Gas Mixer PDF
5 pages
Jenbacher: 1. Key To Module Diagrams and Technical Schema: - 1
100% (1)
Jenbacher: 1. Key To Module Diagrams and Technical Schema: - 1
14 pages
Jenbacher
No ratings yet
Jenbacher
7 pages
1902-0212 en
100% (2)
1902-0212 en
26 pages
Schaltplan JGS420 - SO#36824 JY108 - 7458609 - 258
No ratings yet
Schaltplan JGS420 - SO#36824 JY108 - 7458609 - 258
249 pages
Jenbacher 657540 Spare Parts Guide
No ratings yet
Jenbacher 657540 Spare Parts Guide
368 pages
Industrial Spark Plug for Jenbacher
No ratings yet
Industrial Spark Plug for Jenbacher
2 pages
ST 183 612-620-624 Descriere Senzori PDF
100% (1)
ST 183 612-620-624 Descriere Senzori PDF
38 pages
Gas Mixer
67% (3)
Gas Mixer
38 pages
Cylinder Head: Maintenance Instruction
100% (1)
Cylinder Head: Maintenance Instruction
12 pages
JGS 420 B05 - 1500 KW (Nox - 500)
No ratings yet
JGS 420 B05 - 1500 KW (Nox - 500)
11 pages
GE Type 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF THE CONTROL
100% (1)
GE Type 3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF THE CONTROL
24 pages
J 6..GS-C Tightening Torques: Technical Instruction
No ratings yet
J 6..GS-C Tightening Torques: Technical Instruction
16 pages
Component Overview
0% (1)
Component Overview
20 pages
Checklist For Alarm Messages
No ratings yet
Checklist For Alarm Messages
43 pages
5 1 1 B J320C en
67% (3)
5 1 1 B J320C en
12 pages
Jenbacher Cylinder Head Replacement Guide
No ratings yet
Jenbacher Cylinder Head Replacement Guide
2 pages
Jenbacher Catalog General
No ratings yet
Jenbacher Catalog General
11 pages
Maint Inst GEJ320 PDF
100% (3)
Maint Inst GEJ320 PDF
175 pages
Instructions On Nox Measurements and Leanox Settings: Technical Instruction
No ratings yet
Instructions On Nox Measurements and Leanox Settings: Technical Instruction
16 pages
Power Solutions for Industry Leaders
No ratings yet
Power Solutions for Industry Leaders
10 pages
Emissions Monitoring: Technical Instruction
No ratings yet
Emissions Monitoring: Technical Instruction
16 pages
JMS 420 GS-N.L: Technical Specification
No ratings yet
JMS 420 GS-N.L: Technical Specification
4 pages
J 616
50% (2)
J 616
4 pages
Jenbacher JMS 320 Gas Engine Specs
50% (2)
Jenbacher JMS 320 Gas Engine Specs
4 pages
Manual J616 Serial 3973691
100% (1)
Manual J616 Serial 3973691
247 pages
GERMANY - Engineering JGS620
100% (1)
GERMANY - Engineering JGS620
40 pages
ST-266 en
100% (1)
ST-266 en
6 pages
JGS 420 GS-S.L: Low Methane - Coal Mine Methane
No ratings yet
JGS 420 GS-S.L: Low Methane - Coal Mine Methane
34 pages
Janbacher 312 Merged
No ratings yet
Janbacher 312 Merged
10 pages
1502-0068 Moris
No ratings yet
1502-0068 Moris
52 pages
Jenbacher JGS 620 Engine Overview
100% (2)
Jenbacher JGS 620 Engine Overview
11 pages
Jenbacher Gas Engine Specifications
No ratings yet
Jenbacher Gas Engine Specifications
2 pages
SB 121
100% (2)
SB 121
4 pages
JMS 416 GS-N.L
No ratings yet
JMS 416 GS-N.L
4 pages
JMS 616 GS-N.L: Technical Specification
No ratings yet
JMS 616 GS-N.L: Technical Specification
4 pages
Jenbacher JMS 616 GS-B.L Specs
No ratings yet
Jenbacher JMS 616 GS-B.L Specs
4 pages
GE Jenbacher - Training - Protocol
100% (1)
GE Jenbacher - Training - Protocol
1 page
Jenbacher: 1902-0228E Screwing and Tightening Torque J 6..GS-E
100% (2)
Jenbacher: 1902-0228E Screwing and Tightening Torque J 6..GS-E
6 pages
J320 Maintenance Spare Parts List
100% (1)
J320 Maintenance Spare Parts List
1 page
TA 1400-0100 Procedura de Rodaj A Motoarelor (TIMPI) PDF
No ratings yet
TA 1400-0100 Procedura de Rodaj A Motoarelor (TIMPI) PDF
10 pages
Jenbacher Engine 2009 Service Manual
No ratings yet
Jenbacher Engine 2009 Service Manual
13 pages
Jenbacher JMS 312 GS-N.L Specs
No ratings yet
Jenbacher JMS 312 GS-N.L Specs
4 pages
Fuel System
50% (2)
Fuel System
1 page
Ts Jgc420gs-n.l d111 Gen Only 11kv
No ratings yet
Ts Jgc420gs-n.l d111 Gen Only 11kv
35 pages
Installation Manual: 415GM 422GM 422TGM 700GM
100% (1)
Installation Manual: 415GM 422GM 422TGM 700GM
110 pages
TM 55-2835-205-23
100% (1)
TM 55-2835-205-23
265 pages
SM 20130101
100% (7)
SM 20130101
1,046 pages
Ge Jenbacher j420
No ratings yet
Ge Jenbacher j420
4 pages
Clutch Brake Adjustment Manual
100% (1)
Clutch Brake Adjustment Manual
1,307 pages
Industrial Engine Safety Guide
100% (1)
Industrial Engine Safety Guide
75 pages
S41 Series: Instruction Manual
No ratings yet
S41 Series: Instruction Manual
1 page
AS1 Areasensors Manual RevE Eng
No ratings yet
AS1 Areasensors Manual RevE Eng
1 page
Digital Tools for Spinning Mills
No ratings yet
Digital Tools for Spinning Mills
20 pages
L&T Overload Relays
100% (3)
L&T Overload Relays
3 pages
SF Electrical
No ratings yet
SF Electrical
34 pages
Consent Form Endline
No ratings yet
Consent Form Endline
3 pages
Mitsubishi E800 Manual - Maintenance
No ratings yet
Mitsubishi E800 Manual - Maintenance
64 pages
Electricity Act (Gazette)
No ratings yet
Electricity Act (Gazette)
15 pages
Overview of Coronary Bypass Surgery
No ratings yet
Overview of Coronary Bypass Surgery
32 pages
EC6201D-Digital Integrated Circuit Design Dhanaraj K. J. Assistant Professor ECED, NIT Calicut
No ratings yet
EC6201D-Digital Integrated Circuit Design Dhanaraj K. J. Assistant Professor ECED, NIT Calicut
13 pages
Thompson Etal 1999 SEG Alteration-Mapping-in-Exploration
No ratings yet
Thompson Etal 1999 SEG Alteration-Mapping-in-Exploration
13 pages
ESCR PDF
No ratings yet
ESCR PDF
3 pages
IDC MarketScape - Worldwide SD-WAN Infrastructure 2021 Vendor Assessment
No ratings yet
IDC MarketScape - Worldwide SD-WAN Infrastructure 2021 Vendor Assessment
10 pages
CGMiner 4.11.1 Performance Stats
No ratings yet
CGMiner 4.11.1 Performance Stats
1 page
Tutorials Origin Pro 9
100% (1)
Tutorials Origin Pro 9
920 pages
Gujarat Technological University
No ratings yet
Gujarat Technological University
2 pages
ACCA Exam Entry Terms & Conditions
No ratings yet
ACCA Exam Entry Terms & Conditions
2 pages
The Mitochondria Is The Powerhouse of The Cell
No ratings yet
The Mitochondria Is The Powerhouse of The Cell
4 pages
Maintenance Cost Analysis and Prediction
No ratings yet
Maintenance Cost Analysis and Prediction
6 pages
Schmelzle2010 Fourier Pricing
No ratings yet
Schmelzle2010 Fourier Pricing
86 pages
Jaipuria Institute of Management
No ratings yet
Jaipuria Institute of Management
11 pages
Testimony of Jeff Orlick
No ratings yet
Testimony of Jeff Orlick
2 pages
Instant Ebooks Textbook Kubernetes Native Microservices With Quarkus and MicroProfile 1st Edition John Clingan Ken Finnigan Download All Chapters
100% (4)
Instant Ebooks Textbook Kubernetes Native Microservices With Quarkus and MicroProfile 1st Edition John Clingan Ken Finnigan Download All Chapters
50 pages
Flood Simulation Arcgis Pro
No ratings yet
Flood Simulation Arcgis Pro
20 pages
Examination Rules For Students
No ratings yet
Examination Rules For Students
1 page
!thewholetruthfoods
No ratings yet
!thewholetruthfoods
1 page
Microstructure and Cleavage Resistance of Low-Carbon Bainitic Steels - P. Brozzo, G. Buzzichelli, A. Mascanzoni and M. Mirabile
No ratings yet
Microstructure and Cleavage Resistance of Low-Carbon Bainitic Steels - P. Brozzo, G. Buzzichelli, A. Mascanzoni and M. Mirabile
8 pages
Overview of Hydraulic Actuators
No ratings yet
Overview of Hydraulic Actuators
27 pages
Broward County Public Schools Project Launch - 09.17.20 Broward County Public Schools Project Launch - 09.17.20
No ratings yet
Broward County Public Schools Project Launch - 09.17.20 Broward County Public Schools Project Launch - 09.17.20
1 page
Multi-Objective Optimization of Injection Molding Process Parameters For Short Cycle Time and Warpage Reduction Using Conformal Cooling Channel
No ratings yet
Multi-Objective Optimization of Injection Molding Process Parameters For Short Cycle Time and Warpage Reduction Using Conformal Cooling Channel
10 pages
Dissertation School Uniform
100% (2)
Dissertation School Uniform
5 pages
1a. (2 Marks) : The Image Shows A Forest Food Web From North America. Describe What Is Meant by A Food Chain
No ratings yet
1a. (2 Marks) : The Image Shows A Forest Food Web From North America. Describe What Is Meant by A Food Chain
7 pages
Air Law Dgca 1
No ratings yet
Air Law Dgca 1
26 pages
U - CS - 20 - 023 Laundry Management System One
No ratings yet
U - CS - 20 - 023 Laundry Management System One
4 pages
Airtel Payment Bank Account Statement
No ratings yet
Airtel Payment Bank Account Statement
3 pages
Customer Information & Credit Application Form
No ratings yet
Customer Information & Credit Application Form
2 pages
3 - Mondejar V Buban
No ratings yet
3 - Mondejar V Buban
2 pages
I Paper General Studies AP Exam 2022
No ratings yet
I Paper General Studies AP Exam 2022
16 pages